Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Parts / AB Dynamics plc

AB Dynamics plc

abdp.l · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker abdp.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Parts
Employees 555
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · AB Dynamics plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

B

D

y

n

a

m

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Driving a strategy 
for growth

AB Dynamics plc Annual Report 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empowering our customers through 
engineering, innovation and technology

Building on our core technologies 
to deliver growth

Having delivered significant growth through 
new product development, international 
expansion and acquisitions, we are building on 
our existing core strategy and technologies to 
diversify the business and enter larger, growth 
focused markets.

 Read more about our markets page 12

 Read more about our investment case page 5

 Read more about our strategy page 12

Scan QR to discover more or go 
to abdplc.com/investors

Strategic report

01 
02 
04 
05 
06 
08 
10 
14 
16 
18 
20 
24 
27 
30 
34 

Highlights of 2021
At a glance
How we are evolving
Investment case
Chairman’s statement
Our approach to ESG
Our markets and strategy
Launch of ABD Solutions
Our approach to acquisitions
Business model
Chief Executive Officer’s review
Operational review – Track testing
Operational review – Laboratory testing and simulation
Chief Financial Officer’s review
Key performance indicators

36 
50 
54 
56 

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy
S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement
Risk management
Principal risks and uncertainties

Governance

60 
62 
63 
75 
77 
79 
80 
87 
90 

Board of Directors
 Chairman’s introduction to corporate governance
Statement of corporate governance
Nomination Committee report
Audit and Risk Committee report
ESG Committee report
Remuneration Committee report
Directors’ report
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements

91 
95 
96 
97 
98 
99 
120 
120 
121 

Independent auditor’s report
 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
 Consolidated statement of financial position
 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated cash flow statement
 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 Company statement of financial position
 Company statement of changes in equity
 Notes to the Company financial statements

Highlights of 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Robust performance supported by 
recovering demand and strategic progress

Financial highlights

Revenue

£65.4m +6%

(2020: £61.5m)

Adjusted* operating profit 

£10.8m -4%

(2020: £11.3m)

Net cash

£22.3m -26%

(2020: £30.0m)

Adjusted* operating margin 

16.6% -180 bps

(2020: 18.4%)

Adjusted* diluted earnings 
per share (EPS)

37.4p -6%

(2020: 39.9p)

Dividend per share

4.8p +10%

(2020: 4.4p)

Operational highlights
•  Continued recovery in the Group’s markets translated into improved 
order intake with a positive book to bill ratio across both divisions

•  The Group performed well during the second half of the year, managing 
supply chain disruption and currency headwinds effectively in order to 
meet the strengthening in demand during the period. Revenue for the 
first half of the year was broadly comparable to H2 2020 with COVID-19 
impact continuing into the current year

•  Solid performance from Vadotech which was acquired in the 

second half of the year

•  Further progress made on implementation of strategic initiatives 
to enhance commercial and operational capability and provide 
a platform for sustainable long-term growth

•  New product development continued as planned with successful launches 

including high speed ADAS platforms and a next generation simulator

•  Growth in recurring revenue to 35%, up from 28% of Group revenue
•  Significant work undertaken to evolve the next phase of the Group’s 
strategy targeting diversification alongside the established pillars and 
opening up new markets beyong automotive

•  Post year-end launch of ABD Solutions, a new business unit focused on 
providing retrofit solutions that enable the automation of conventional 
off-road vehicle fleets rapidly and cost effectively

*  Adjusted to exclude amortisation of acquired intangibles, acquisition related charges, ERP development costs, restructuring 

costs and inventory impairment. A reconciliation to statutory measures is given on page 32. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

01

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At a glance

Developing 
our business

Global locations

UK

Germany

USA

China

Japan

Singapore

  UK/Europe  

  Asia Pacific  

  North America 

  Rest of World 

1%

25%

24%

Global sales revenue by region

25+

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

50%

02
02

GOVERNANCE50
+
+
24
+
+
1
+
+
U


At a glance continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Track testing
Track testing products and services represent 76% of total 
Group revenue. The products are used for the test and 
verification of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS), 
autonomous systems and vehicle dynamics. Test vehicles 
and ADAS platforms, such as the Guided Soft Target (GST) 
and LaunchPad, are controlled using complex control 
software for accurate control and synchronisation of 
multiple test objects. 

This enables our customers to conduct complex, multi-object 
test scenarios with a simple-to-use software interface to 
satisfy internal or external regulatory test requirements. 

The Group also provides testing services including the 
provision of ADAS and vehicle dynamics tests through 
a comprehensive test facility based in California, USA. 
Following the acquisition of Vadotech, the Group now 
also offers on-road testing services, with operations in 
China and Japan. 

Laboratory testing and simulation
Laboratory testing and simulation represents 24% of total 
Group revenue and includes products relating to simulation, 
noise and vibration and the assessment of kinematics and 
compliance in vehicles; and simulation software. These 
products are used to evaluate vehicle dynamics, noise, 
vibration and harshness and autonomy across a wide range 
of applications including conventional vehicles, motorsport 
and automated/autonomous vehicles.

Our simulator products along with our market-leading 
physics-based simulation software reduce new vehicle 
development timescales by allowing meaningful testing 
earlier in the development process.

Delivering a stronger business
As we expand our portfolio of products and services, we 
are reducing our reliance on specific market sectors and 
geographic territories. Continued progress in developing 
our service and support offering through both organic and 
acquisitive growth has increased the proportion of recurring 
and service-based revenue. Overseas expansion with the 
opening of new sales offices and strengthening of our APAC 
regional footprint through the acquisition of Vadotech 
enables deeper penetration of international markets. 

The launch of ABD Solutions enables us to drive growth in 
adjacent markets leveraging our core technology to diversify 
the business and enter larger, growth-focused markets.

 Read more about our track testing page 24

 Read more about our Laboratory testing and simulation page 27

 Delivering a stronger business page 14

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

03



How we are evolving

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Developing

new opportunities
ABD Solutions is a new market-facing business 
unit established to leverage our core technology 
into new adjacent markets. It is developing 
solutions to automate vehicle applications 
specifically in the mining, defence, materials 
handling and agriculture sectors.

 Innovation and technologies page 14

Growing

our business
In conjunction with our organic growth, 
the acquisition of Vadotech expanded our 
capability into on-road testing services and 
established a regional hub in the strategically 
important APAC region.

 Our markets page 17

Investing

for the future
Along with investing in new product development 
in our core markets, we are developing our 
organic capability and capacity to ensure the 
business can support continued growth. 

 Our investment case page 5

04

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

GOVERNANCEInvestment case

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Why invest in AB Dynamics

With a track record of revenue growth and strong margins, we deliver sustainable value for our 
stakeholders through our market-leading engineered products and services. Our strong balance 
sheet enables us to invest for future growth.

1.  Structural and regulatory 

growth drivers

2.  Sustainability 
and resilience

•  We are a leader in structural long-term growth 
markets, supported by favourable regulatory 
environments and global focus on active 
safety and autonomous systems development

•  The wider focus on road safety and reduction in 
accidents as well as the focus on electric vehicle 
and battery technology is an important long-term 
trend that will support continued growth

•  Our offering spans both physical and 

simulated testing across ADAS, autonomous 
vehicle R&D and vehicle testing

•  We are using our core technology portfolio to 
leverage adjacent markets including mining, 
defence, materials handling and agriculture

•  We have a global presence and diverse 

geographic end markets, including a new 
Asia Pacific divisional operating hub
•  The proportion of recurring revenue 

continues to grow as we increase our service 
and support offering and software sales

•  The resilience of our business model enabled 
us to continue investing in the business during 
the COVID-19 pandemic. While there was a 
short-term impact on demand, structural and 
regulatory drivers remain intact, demonstrated 
by the recent improvement in order intake

•  We actively focus on the wellbeing of 
our workforce through a strong health 
and safety culture and employee 
engagement and assistance 

•  Our global, diversified customer base 

provides resilience. With direct sales and 
support facilities in the UK, Germany, Japan 
and the USA and indirect sales channels in 
all other key customer territories, we are 
well placed to deliver support where our 
customers need it

3. Strong margins 

4.  Strong balance sheet 

•  Differentiated products and strong, 

long-term relationships with customers 
underpin strong margins

•  Continued investment in innovation to 
deliver differentiated products to drive 
strong gross margins

• 

Investment in people, business systems 
and capacity will deliver future efficiencies 
and margin expansion

•  Our strong balance sheet gives the financial 
flexibility to enable ongoing investment in 
organic growth and to strengthen business 
infrastructure for the next phase of expansion

•  With capital expenditure having peaked in 
2021, free cash generation is expected to 
step up significantly post investment

•  Our ability to deliver strategically compelling 
and accretive acquisitions further supports 
the growth strategy

 Read more about our markets page 10

  Read more in our Chief Executive 

Officer’s review page 20

  Read more in our Chief Financial 

Officer’s review page 30

 Read more about our approach to ESG page 8

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

05

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Chairman’s statement

Well positioned 
for the future

Overview
I am pleased to report a strong year of progression for the Group 
in terms of strategic development. I had the honour of being 
appointed Non-Executive Chairman during the year and I have 
been greatly impressed with the talented team of employees with 
whom I have engaged.

Whilst the first half of the financial year continued to be impacted 
by COVID-19, the second half was very strong, delivering a record 
output for a single half-year period. Overall results for the year 
showed revenue growth of 6% to £65m and a moderate reduction 
in operating profit to £11m, predominately due to product mix, 
investment in talent and in new technology development. 

The Group continued to invest in the core automotive sector, 
which is characterised by strong regulatory and structural growth 
drivers. At the same time, we developed incremental strategies to 
diversify the business and provide the foundations for continued 
growth. To support this growth and diversification the Group invested 
in ongoing professionalisation, in particular in senior leadership 
talent and in the development of our Group-wide ERP system.

During the second half of the year the Group completed the 
acquisition of Vadotech Group, expanding our service offering 
and accessing a valuable stream of recurring revenue. It also 
gives the Group a significant physical presence in Asia Pacific, 
which is currently the fastest growing territory in our core markets. 

Our strategy and the detailed financial results are detailed in the 
Chief Executive Officer’s review on pages 20 to 23 and in the 
Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 30 to 33.

Employees
I would like to take this opportunity to thank our global team of 
outstanding employees who have all contributed to a successful 
year, whilst adapting to changing work patterns due to various 
periods of lockdowns and travel restrictions. The Group attracts 
talent at all levels within the business and continues to invest in 
training at all levels, from apprentices to graduates and 
continuing professional development.

The Group has grown strongly in recent years, and we now have 
around 400 employees, with around half located in the UK. The 
Board takes our responsibility towards employee engagement and 
development seriously and during the year launched a major new 
project, led by representative employees, to define and communicate 
our Group vision and values. In parallel, the Group initiated a rolling 
process of employee engagement surveys, the results of which are 
used to continuously develop and improve our employee experience.

Investments
As part of our ongoing plan to invest in the infrastructure and systems 
required to provide the foundation for ongoing growth, the Group 
completed the investment in our new Engineering Design Centre 
in the UK. This state-of-the-art facility provides an inspiring working 
environment for engineering and innovation including laboratory 
space and an impressive vehicle simulator demonstration suite. 

The acquisition of Vadotech facilitated the establishment of our 
Asia Pacific operating hub based in Singapore, with operations 
in Beijing and Tokyo. Other investments included continued new 
product development, progress in the implementation of our ERP 
system and the expansion of our test track facility in California to 
grow operational capacity.

Richard (Dick) Elsy CBE, Non-Executive Chairman

06
06

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

GOVERNANCEChairman’s statement continued

Board changes
The primary change to the Board structure during the year was the 
retirement of AB Dynamics’ founder and Non-Executive Chairman, 
Tony Best. Tony founded the business in 1982 and took the Company 
public through the IPO in 2013. The Board would like to express 
our sincere thanks to Tony for his substantial contribution to the 
development of the Group and wish him a long and happy retirement.

I initially accepted the role as interim Chairman during Tony Best’s 
extended leave of absence on 23 February 2021 and was appointed 
Non-Executive Chairman on 1 July 2021 (for more details refer to 
the Nomination Committee report on page 75). Following my 
appointment, my role as Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
passed to Richard Hickinbotham and I became Chair of the 
Nomination Committee. Louise Evans continues in her role of 
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, in addition to taking on the 
new role of Chair of the Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) Committee.

ESG
The Board is committed to ongoing improvements in all aspects 
of ESG and formed a new Board committee during the year, chaired 
by Louise Evans with membership including myself, the Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Strategy Officer, Group HR Director and 
Company Secretary. Further information on our approach to ESG 
can be found on pages 36 to 49 and the activities of the ESG 
Committee are summarised on page 79.

Corporate governance
Strong corporate governance and risk management is an essential 
element of the Board’s activities and is key to ensuring ongoing 
stability and growth of the Group. I am pleased to confirm that 
AB Dynamics plc is in compliance with the Quoted Companies 
Alliance (QCA) Code as required under the AIM rules. The Board 
takes into consideration feedback provided by various ratings 
agencies in setting policies and in developing our ESG strategy 
as part of our continuous improvement in corporate governance. 
I report separately on the Group’s approach to governance and 
its procedures in the Statement of corporate governance which 
can be found on pages 63 to 74.

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dividend
Based on the strong second half of the financial year and the Board’s 
confidence in continued growth and delivery in 2022, the Board 
is recommending a final dividend of 3.2p per share payable on 
28 January 2022 subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. 
The ex-dividend date will be 30 December 2021 and the record 
date will be 31 December 2021. The total dividend for the year will 
therefore be 4.8p per share, which is an increase of over the prior 
year of 10%, resuming the Board’s progressive dividend policy after 
dividend increases were paused during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In addition to the growth in our core markets, significant 
opportunities exist in the Group’s new strategic development 
with ABD Solutions, details of which can be found on pages 14 
to 15. This initiative greatly expands the Group’s addressable 
market and provide growth potential in adjacent market sectors 
to diversify and build a broader-based business.

Our continued strategic clarity and ongoing investments provide 
a strong platform for future growth and the Board remains confident 
in delivering continued progress in the forthcoming year.

Outlook
AB Dynamics operates within markets that are supported by 
long-term regulatory and structural growth drivers in automotive 
and holds an enviable position in the sectors in which it operates. 
These market growth drivers, coupled with the ongoing investments 
in all areas of the business, provide the Board with strong confidence 
that the outlook remains positive.

Richard Elsy CBE, 
Chairman
24 November 2021

Q&A

Firstly, you’ve been appointed as the new Chairman 
– what have been the highlights so far?
Well, we’ve all been through a pretty tough year, but it’s 
been the resilience of AB Dynamics that has really impressed 
me. Our strong second half and robust forward order book 
are a testament to the team’s hard work. Navigating this 
challenging year with my Board colleagues has been an 
energising experience and a real highlight for me.

I was delighted to see this reflected in the results of our first 
independent Board evaluation, which showed that despite 
the Board being relatively new, we have gelled very quickly 
and are very focused on key issues and opportunities. 

Describe the culture at AB Dynamics
It’s a culture characterised by engineering excellence and an 
enterprise with high value products and services sold to some 
of the most knowledgeable and discerning customers. A real 
surprise and delight for me has been that we have set up a 
small cross functional group to distil from this culture the 

Mission, Vision and Values for AB Dynamics. Normally these are 
tablets posted from on high, but these have come from the team 
itself and that makes them very powerful: Customers, people, 
diversity, innovation, excellence and responsibility are their 
watch words, and I can see the team living and breathing them. 

What should we look forward to in 2022?
I think that AB Dynamics is in a great place in the global recovery. 
There’s a strong and enduring demand for ADAS and development 
work by our customers continues to increase. The technical 
challenges of these systems as they head towards increased 
autonomous driving are immense. This will place ever more 
demand on physical and software-based testing. AB Dynamics 
is in the right place at the right time to provide this. I expect that 
this will drive growth in our core markets, but I also expect to see 
some of the first signs of uptake in our Solutions business. This 
seeks to develop our core competencies to service new markets 
to AB Dynamics such as defence, agriculture and mining. This 
kind of innovation-led growth is right up my street, so I’ll be 
taking a keen interest!

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

07

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our approach to ESG

How we approach ESG

Governance

Environmental

Driving 
sustainability

Social

AB Dynamics is fully committed to contributing 
to a sustainable future and to the development 
and implementation of a highly effective 
ESG strategy.

The Group is fundamentally aligned to ESG through its mission 
to deliver ongoing improvements in road safety, including the 
reduction of road-based injuries and fatalities.

As the Group continues to diversify into adjacent markets, we see 
further opportunity to support our sustainability objectives by 
assisting in the roll out of Electric Vehicles and other lower carbon 
transport technologies.

The Board has established an ESG Committee which is chaired by 
Louise Evans, Non-Executive Director, with membership across 
the leaders of the business.

The Group has laid out its ESG structure and we have made good 
progress in various elements, including changing our input energy 
to renewable sources through our energy providers and also 
through investment such as solar panels on both our existing 
HQ building and the new Engineering Design Centre.

08
08

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environment
We are committed to environmental sustainability and are 
actively seeking ways to reduce our environmental impact. 
We will continue to deploy green technology wherever possible 
and to make careful and considered decisions in all our operations 
to reduce our current carbon footprint. Our goal is to be carbon 
neutral by 2030. 

Social 
The health and safety of our employees is of paramount importance, 
particularly during these challenging times, and we work hard to 
ensure all our people are safe, whether they are working from 
home, working in our premises, or working with our customers. 
We are also committed to providing a fair, equal and inclusive 
environment for all our people.

Governance
We are committed to ensuring that the behaviours and practices 
of our organisation, including those within our supply chains, reflect 
our own high business standards and compliance with applicable 
laws and standards. We have a zero-tolerance approach to slavery 
and human trafficking, and bribery and corruption within our 
workforce, and endeavour to set the same robust expectations 
in relation to our supply chain and associates.
 Read more about our ESG page 79

GOVERNANCEOur approach to ESG continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Building on the existing 
core strategy to diversify 
the business and 
enter larger, growth 
focused markets

Key facts

1.35m

Annual road deaths globally

93%

of road deaths occur in 
low and middle-income 
countries

20–50m

road based injuries per year

The mission of AB Dynamics plc is to accelerate 
our customers’ drive towards net zero emissions, 
improving road safety and the automation of vehicle 
applications through leadership and innovation 
in engineering and technology.

We deliver this mission by innovating and partnering 
at the cutting edge of vehicle automation and 
development; providing products and services across 
testing, simulation and autonomous systems to help 
organisations develop zero emission and autonomous 
products safely and securely.

Greater than half 

of road traffic deaths are pedestrians, 
cyclists and motorcyclists

Road traffic injuries

are the leading cause of death for children 
and young adults aged 5-29 years

Road traffic crashes

cost most countries 3% of their gross 
domestic product

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

09

Our markets and strategy

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Road safety

Structural drivers
The automotive sector continues to evolve and adapt to the 
structural and regulatory changes driving unprecedented change. 
The global challenge of climate change is driving strong demand for 
the acceleration of the implementation of electric vehicles and the 
ongoing societal need for improvements in road safety is driving the 
development of ADAS and increasing levels of autonomous systems.

Continued emergence of new entrants into the automotive market, 
particularly in electric vehicles and autonomy, has placed 
additional pressures on traditional automotive OEMs to rapidly 
develop new technologies. Therefore, the sector remains heavily 
focused on R&D in the following key areas:

•  Active safety and ADAS systems
•  Autonomy and increasingly automated driving functions
•  Electric vehicle and battery technology

These clear market drivers align with the mission and ESG aims of 
AB Dynamics to assist the sector to improve road safety and aid the 
global drive towards net zero emissions. The development of ADAS 

systems has already led to significant improvements in road safety in 
Europe, the USA and Japan. As these technologies are implemented 
and regulated in low- and middle-income countries, this will ultimately 
significantly reduce the estimated 1.35m road deaths globally per year.

Outside of the automotive sector, other industries such as mining, 
defence, agriculture and materials handling are increasingly 
seeking to automate vehicle applications to improve operational 
safety and/or increase productivity and efficiency. See pages 14 
to 15 for further information on how ABD Solutions, our new 
market-facing business unit, is addressing these market drivers.

Regulatory drivers
The market for ADAS and active safety continues to be driven by 
regulation and consumer-facing safety organisations such as 
Euro-NCAP (European New Car Assessment Programme). Regulations 
such as the 2019 UNECE regulation that all new vehicles sold in 40 
countries worldwide should be fitted with a minimum set of ADAS 
systems have driven investment and accelerated implementation 
of active safety. The Japanese regulator also mandated that all new 
cars should have Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) systems by 2021, 
specifically aiming to reduce accidents caused by elderly drivers.

As part of the European Commission (EC) focus on road fatalities, 
significant progress has been made in the European Union with the 
number of road deaths reducing by 36% between 2010 and 2020. 
The implementation of ADAS systems has played a significant 
contributory role in this reduction and continues to form part of 
EC’s Strategic Action Plan on Road Safety and EU Road Safety 
Policy Framework 2021-2030, which sets ambitious plans to reach 
zero road deaths by 2050.

As part of its ‘vision zero’ mission to eliminate accidents, Euro-NCAP 
published an active safety roadmap detailing incremental additions 
of ADAS systems through to 2025. This will continue to drive step 
changes in active safety implementation, with much of the 
requirements due to be introduced from 2022 to 2025. 

In the USA, the National Highway Traffic and Safety Administration 
(NHTSA) operates a similar ratings scheme to Euro-NCAP but functions 
as a government regulator. The US government has committed to 
improve road safety and has begun to mandate the use of ADAS 
systems to assist to reduce injuries and fatalities, with a particular 
focus on the upward trend in pedestrian injuries and fatalities in 
the USA over recent years.

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025+

US pedestrian fatalities 2008-2017

6,500

6,000

5,500

5,000

4,500

4,000

3,500

3,000

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

10

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Roadmap 2021–2025

Euro-NCAP AEB Turn across path

Euro-NCAP AEB Junction and 
Crossing Scenarios

Euro-NCAP Assisted Driving Grading  
(SAE Level 2+ autonomy)

Euro-NCAP Assisted Driving Grading 
(update)

UNECE Automated Lane Keeping 
Systems (ALKS) approved 
(SAE Level 3 autonomy)

UNECE mandating the fitment of AEB

Euro-NCAP AEB to protect motorcyclists

Euro-NCAP Vehicle to Everything (V2X) 

GOVERNANCEOur markets and strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Market size and growth rates

Existing addressable market
A comprehensive analysis of the existing market for the products 
and services of AB Dynamics was published in the 2020 Annual 
Report on pages 16 to 17. This analysis has been revalidated 
against updated sources and now represents a total addressable 
market size of ca. £1.4bn. Given the FY 2021 Group revenues of 
£65m this represents a market share of approximately 5%.

The largest single sector is testing services where AB Dynamics 
operates through its testing facility in Bakersfield, USA and 
on-road testing services through Vadotech in Asia Pacific. The 
core track testing products sector represents ca. £100m market 
size with strong growth in ADAS platforms offset by a more stable 
market for driving robotics. The laboratory testing equipment and 
simulators market continues to grow and represents ca. £190m.

Overall compound annual growth in the existing addressable 
market is forecast to be 16% over the next five years. 

ABD Solutions addressable market
With the introduction of ABD Solutions, the addressable market 
has increased significantly with large growth opportunities across 
our key target markets of mining, defence, agriculture and materials 
handling. Analysis of these specific markets show a total addressable 
market size of £4.8bn and a compound annual growth rate over 
the next five years of 25%.

These four target markets can be sub-divided into those driven 
by operational safety (mining and defence) and those driven by 
productivity and efficiency (agriculture and materials handling). 
The markets can be further characterised by lower volume/higher 
price point (mining and defence) and higher volume/lower price 
point (agriculture and materials handling).

Mining has the potential to be the fastest growing market with 
forecast growth of ca. 50% compound annual growth rate (CAGR) 
based on assumptions around the global mining truck equipment 
population and rates of adoption of automated technologies. The 
anticipated growth is driven by the need to improve operational 

AB Dynamics’ existing 
addressable market

ABD Solutions’ addressable market

£1.4bn

8+

  Lab testing and simulators  £0.2bn

  Track testing products  

  Simulation software 

£0.3bn

£0.1bn

R 15+

£4.8bn

  Agriculture 

  Defence  

  Mining  

£0.6bn

£0.7bn

£1.1bn

  Testing services 

£0.8bn

  MHE 

£2.4bn

safety, removing the driver of large mining trucks from hazardous 
environments, and also to protect other personnel from accidents. 
In addition, the mining sector has high operating costs in terms of 
personnel due to the often remote and less hospitable locations.

The automated agriculture sector, specifically automated tractors, 
is forecast to grow at 24% CAGR as demands on arable land 
increase, low operating margins drive demand for cost reduction, 
and availability of operators is a specific problem in remote 
regions of developed countries.

Defence is forecast to grow at 16% CAGR over the cycle driven 
by the need to improve operational safety and, where possible, 
remove armed forces personnel from certain hazardous operations 
such as route clearance, counter-IED and logistics in theatres 
of operation.

The materials handling market is diverse and covers a range 
of applications including warehousing, ports, airport baggage 
handling etc. The addressable market for automating these 
applications is forecast to grow at 14% CAGR and is driven by 
the need to reduce operating costs and improve efficiency.

Combined market size and growth
Overall, the combined market size of the existing AB Dynamics 
business, plus the new addressable markets introduced through 
ABD Solutions, provides an overall addressable market of ca. £6.2bn, 
with a CAGR of 24% over the five-year cycle.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

11

14
+
+
21
+
+
57
+
+
R
12
+
+
22
+
+
51
+
+
R
R
Our markets and strategy continued

Strategic development
Following a comprehensive strategic review that resulted in the 
launch of ABD Solutions, the existing strategic priorities have 
been expanded to include diversification as a key element. This 
review took into account the mega trends of automation, real 
world simulation, electrification, unmanned vehicles and 
autonomy and decarbonisation and sustainability, and how the 
Group should respond. Diversification allows AB Dynamics to 
build a broader-based business with less dependency on a single 
market sector, whilst simultaneously allowing access to several 
large, attractive markets.

The combination of the six clear strategic priorities addressing six 
core addressable markets with attractive growth characteristics 
results in the overall aim of delivering sustainable growth and 
shareholder return. This also fulfils the Group’s core purpose  
to accelerate our customers’ drive towards net zero emissions, 
improving road safety and the automation of vehicle  
applications through leadership and innovation in engineering 
and technology.

It is important to note that the enhancement to the strategy does 
not affect the core elements of the Group’s previously published 
strategic priorities. The diversification element of the strategy 
leverages the existing capabilities and technologies within the 
AB Dynamics Group of companies to enable the automation 
of existing vehicle applications where the level of maturity of 
autonomous technologies is achievable in the medium term.

This strategic development is further differentiated by the nature 
of the end customers. Within automotive, AB Dynamics typically 
supplies to R&D departments of major automotive OEMs, tier 1 
suppliers, autonomous vehicle developers and operators of track 
testing facilities. ABD Solutions customers will typically be end 
users of the product, therefore a different approach is required in 
terms of robust product development to drive the most critical 
aspect of product safety.

12

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We accelerate our customers’ drive 
towards net zero emissions, improving 
road safety and the automation of 
vehicle applications through leadership 
and innovation in engineering 
and technology.

Purpose

Product & 
innovation

Capability 
& capacity

Automotive

Electric 
vehicles

International 
footprint

Strategic 
priorities

Sustainable 
growth

Addressable 
markets

Defence

Diversification

Acquisitive 
growth

Service & 
support

Materials 
handling 
equipment

Agriculture

Mining

Building a broader-based business to drive sustainable growth

GOVERNANCEOur markets and strategy continued

Geographic focus 

Asia Pacific
Along with North America, Asia Pacific is forecast to be the 
fastest growing territory for core automotive market driven by 
population, connected vehicles, EVs and autonomous vehicles.

Differing market dynamics and large installed base requires 
local resources and expertise in key target territories of:

•  China
•  Japan
•  South Korea
• 
India
•  Australia
•  ASEAN countries

Investment in our Singapore-based operating hub will be used 
to drive organic growth in both core and adjacent markets and 
future acquisitions.

North America
North America and in particular the United States, is a core 
growth market for AB Dynamics across both the Group’s 
existing core market of automotive, ADAS and autonomy, and 
the newly launched ABD Solutions business. AB Dynamics has 
facilities and resources in the two primary automotive locations 
in the USA, with Dynamic Research Inc operating in California 
and AB Dynamics Inc operating in Michigan.

The Group has recently invested in senior leadership capability 
in North America to drive the Group’s organic growth plans 
and to identify, deliver and integrate further acquisitions in 
the region.

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 “ We accelerate our customers’  
drive towards net zero emissions, 
improving road safety and the 
automation of vehicle applications 
through leadership and innovation 
in engineering and technology”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

13

Launch of ABD Solutions

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Building a more diversified 
and broad-based business 
in a large end-user market

Cost 
reductions

Improved 
safety

Retrofit autonomy 
for legacy fleet

Simplified 
operations

Increased 
productivity

Better 
utilisation

Introduction
The Group has launched ABD Solutions, whose mission is to 
accelerate the transition to autonomy by providing retrofit 
solutions that enable the automation of conventional vehicle 
fleets rapidly and cost-effectively.

ABD Solutions has been launched to address the clear market 
need to automate specific non-road based vehicle applications. 
The expertise of AB Dynamics in driving robotics, positioning and 
control can be readily deployed to vehicle applications where 
safety and/or efficiency is the primary market driver.

After an extensive market analysis and strategic development 
exercise, the Board approved the formation of ABD Solutions to 
address this market need. ABD Solutions is a new market-facing 
business unit (www.abdsolutions.com) that develops solutions to 
automate vehicle applications specifically in the mining, defence, 
materials handling and agriculture sectors.

ABD Solutions leverages the core technologies of AB Dynamics 
into new adjacent markets where the customer is the end user 
of the equipment. The team draws on the expertise of existing 
employees supplemented by external hires with expertise in 
localisation, positioning, object detection and artificial intelligence.

14

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Market analysis
The selection of the four primary target markets resulted 
from an extensive market study into 13 major industries 
and 24 emerging technologies, the dynamics of which 
were validated using external sources and a series of 
external and internal interviews with industry leaders.

The four target markets can be grouped into two categories 
with defence and mining primarily driven by a need for 
safety in hazardous operations, and agriculture and materials 
handling driven by a need for productivity and efficiency. 
The conservative estimate of addressable market size for the 
four primary target markets is ca. £4.8bn with a combined 
compound annual growth rate of 25%.

How will ABD Solutions address these challenges?
The newly-formed ABD Solutions business has strong 
leadership foundations along with talented specialists in the 
fields of systems engineering, software development, sensor 
integration, mechanical design and simulation. The team 
includes specialists who have direct experience of developing 
autonomous solutions and understand the limitations of the 
technology to ensure solutions can be practically applied to 
deliver a commercial outcome.

ABD Solutions is active in forming appropriate partnerships with 
leading organisations who have detailed knowledge of specific 
vehicle applications to ensure applicability to our target 
end markets.

The team is using agile development methodologies to rapidly 
develop a range of technology solutions, built on a modular 
basis, the core of which can be applied to any vehicle 
automation application.

GOVERNANCE 
Launch of ABD Solutions continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Mining and heavy 
industries (safety)
There is a clearly-defined market need to 
automate large mining trucks used to 
transport product from one location to 
another. Depending on the geographical 
location of the mine site, the costs of using 
trained drivers is high and the process is 
hazardous. Removing the driver from 
mining trucks has been identified by 
numerous potential customers as an 
urgent need.

Although automated mining trucks are in 
development, there is a large installed base 
of high-cost machines which could benefit 
from a conversion kit to produce an 
automated system.

The current global mining truck equipment 
population over 90 tonnes is 51,200. 
A conservative estimate of the addressable 
market size for automated mining trucks 
has been estimated to be $1.0bn with a 
forecast compound annual growth rate of 
ca. 50%. This assumes early adoption of 
automation is slow in the early years at 2% 
of the available trucks, increasing to 20% 
over a five-year cycle.

Defence (safety)
There are many applications for automated 
systems in the defence sector, but 
ABD Solutions is focusing on conversion 
of existing human-driven large vehicles 
to automated applications. Naturally, 
defence-based applications are hazardous 
and removing drivers from hazardous 
operations such as de-mining, route 
clearance and counter-IED is a clear priority. 
Another application is convoying, where 
defence vehicles operate in convoy with 
limited numbers of human drivers and 
other vehicles driven semi-autonomously. 
ABD Solutions can provide drop-in 
conversion kits that replace the need for a 
human driver, hence improving operational 
safety in hazardous applications. Our 
experience in automotive applications also 
allows for multiple vehicles to be synchronised 
together, enabling convoying and other 
similar applications.

The current addressable market size for 
autonomous military vehicles is ca. $800m 
with a forecast compound annual growth 
rate of 16%.

Agriculture 
(productivity)
In agriculture, the market drivers relate to 
the macroeconomic trends of increasing 
population, reduction in consumption of 
meat and therefore increased pressure on 
available arable land. These drivers mean 
that agriculture productivity and yield need 
to improve, and automation provides a 
solution to these problems.

ABD Solutions is developing an easy-to-use 
drop-in conversion kit for tractors which 
automates many frequently used 
applications through a modular system. 
ABD Solutions products allow for highly 
accurate positional control for tillage and 
other applications whilst negating the need 
for a driver. The solution can also be used 
for multiple agricultural vehicles operating 
in the same field or fields through 
synchronised control.

Materials handling 
(productivity)
There are a wide range of applications in the 
materials handling space from automation 
of forklifts in warehouses to airport baggage 
handling and smart ports. ABD Solutions is 
focusing on several specific applications in 
warehousing and specialised applications 
where efficiency and productivity are 
important market parameters. 

With an increase in on-line shopping, the 
need for efficient warehousing operations 
has never been more important and many 
large warehouses have already invested 
in human-driven materials handling 
equipment. These vehicles can be easily 
converted using ABD Solutions robotics 
technology and controlled via our complex 
software. The control software can interface 
with any warehouse management software 
system to provide a complete solution.

Cost effectiveness is the largest single 
market driver in the agricultural market, but 
unit volumes are much higher than mining 
or defence. 

The estimated addressable market for 
automated material handling equipment is 
currently $3.4bn with a compound annual 
growth rate of 14%.

The overall market size for autonomous 
farm equipment is $79bn with a compound 
annual growth rate of 15%. Specifically, the 
addressable market size for autonomous 
tractors is ca. $1.5bn with a compound 
annual growth rate of 24%.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

15

Our approach to acquisitions 

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Compounding organic growth 
through carefully selected, 
value-enhancing acquisitions

The Group business model is to drive organic 
growth and compound this growth through 
the acquisition of value-enhancing companies 
that facilitate and accelerate the Group’s 
strategic priorities.

Market
The market in which the Group operates for acquisitions is 
relatively large and fragmented, with many small to medium-
sized, privately-owned businesses. The Group is active in 
identifying opportunities within the existing core automotive 
market, in addition to adjacent market sectors that facilitate 
the Group’s strategy for diversification.

Process
The Group has recently invested in additional central resources  
to drive strategic development and specifically acquisitions. 
We undertake extensive market scoping and target identification 
processes and ideally approach businesses that are not part of  
a structured sale process. However, we also engage with M&A 
advisers where appropriate and do consider those businesses  
that are being sold on the open market.

Criteria
Any acquisition made by the Group should contribute to one 
or more of the Group’s stated strategic priorities and should be 
value enhancing and/or earnings accretive following completion.

Beyond the contribution to the Group strategy, acquisitions are 
carefully considered in terms of their financial performance. 
Businesses should have a track record of sustainable revenue 
growth and strong gross margins, indicating a competitive market 
position with differentiated products and/or services.

A significant consideration during any acquisition process is the 
strength of the management team at the target company, and 
their ability to integrate into the Group organisation and culture.

Integration
The level of integration into the Group is dependent upon the 
specific business and its relevance to existing business units. 
The Group generally operates a hybrid model of acquired 
companies operating as independent businesses with 
autonomous management, whilst exploiting the synergies 
of being part of a larger Group.

16

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

GOVERNANCEOur approach to acquisitions continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquisition of 
Vadotech Group

During 2021 the Group acquired Vadotech 
Group, a company providing market-leading 
on-road vehicle testing services in the Asia 
Pacific region. The acquisition facilitated 
several of the Group’s strategic 
priorities including:

• 

International expansion into APAC region

•  Provision of on-road testing services capability

•  Supported by long-term customer relationships and 

agreements driving recurring revenue

•  Enabling an operating hub in Singapore to drive organic 

growth and further acquisitions

•  Capabilities in e-mobility and EV testing

The integration plan is progressing well and Vadotech is 
performing in line with management’s pre-acquisition 
expectations. The Group has since invested further in 
the Singapore operating hub with the appointment of a 
President, Asia Pacific role and a regional Finance Director.

Vadotech Group has strong growth opportunities including:

•  Opportunity to replicate business model within China and 

other important territories, e.g. Europe and the USA

•  Organic growth initiatives through Group-wide cross-selling 

and synergistic benefits

•  Establish closer working relationships with customers in 

the region

• 

Increased access to the Electric Vehicle market supported 
by strong structural drivers

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1717

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Business model

Creating value for stakeholders

Key inputs

Our business

 Product and technology leadership
Our innovative product development and 
significant intellectual property ensure 
cutting-edge products are available for every 
application across the markets we serve.

Supplier relationships
We work closely with our suppliers and take the 
steps necessary to ensure their performance 
meets our expectations. 

Customer relationships
Long-term relationships with all major 
automotive OEM and test facilities enable us to 
provide support tailored to their needs and 
also assist in early identification of trends.

Global reach
We have international routes to market, with 
direct sales and support offices in key territories 
to facilitate growth and support our customers. 
We use distribution and representatives in 
other locations to expand our reach. 

Talented workforce
Our highly skilled employees operate in niche 
capability areas. Our engineers and customer 
support teams work closely with our 
customers, supporting their requirements.

Underpinned by our values

18
18

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1.  Track testing
Track testing products and services are used for the test and verification of ADAS, 
autonomous systems and vehicle dynamics. Vehicles and ADAS platforms, such 
as the GST and LaunchPad, are controlled using complex control software for 
accurate control and synchronisation of multiple test objects. 

This enables our customers to conduct complex, multi-object test scenarios 
with a simple-to-use software interface to satisfy internal or external regulatory 
test requirements. 

The Group also provides test services including the provision of ADAS and 
vehicle dynamics tests through a comprehensive test facility based in California, 
USA. Following the acquisition of Vadotech, the Group now also offers on-road 
testing services, with operations in China and Japan.

Business model continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our business

The value we create

2.  Laboratory testing and simulation
Laboratory testing and simulation includes products relating to simulation, noise 
and vibration and the assessment of kinematics and compliance in vehicles; and 
simulation software. These products are used to evaluate vehicle dynamics, noise, 
vibration and harshness and autonomy across a wide range of applications 
including conventional vehicles, motorsport and automated/autonomous vehicles. 

Our simulator products along with our market-leading physics-based simulation 
software reduce new vehicle development timescales and costs by allowing 
meaningful testing earlier in the development process.

 Customers
We provide innovative solutions tailored 
to customers’ specific needs.

Investors
Through the execution of our strategy 
we grow the value of our shareholders’ 
investment over time.

Employees
We are committed to providing a safe 
and rewarding working environment.

Communities
We engage positively with our local 
communities and offer support through 
charitable giving and volunteering.

Suppliers
We work closely with our suppliers, 
with a reputation for integrity and 
ethical behaviour.

Environment
We are fully committed to reducing our 
own environmental impact by lowering 
our energy consumption.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

19
19

Underpinned by our values

Chief Executive Officer’s review

Building key drivers 
for market growth

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Overview
I am pleased to report a robust Group performance against 
continued macroeconomic challenges due to the ongoing 
COVID-19 pandemic. I would like to express my sincere thanks 
to our global community of professional, talented employees 
for their dedication and hard work in what has been another 
year of fluctuating market conditions and change.

The performance during the year was split by two markedly 
differing halves. As expected, the first half performance was 
characterised by ongoing market impacts from COVID-19, 
followed by an exceptional second half performance with the 
Group delivering record levels of order intake and revenue for 
a half-year period, despite certain supply chain constraints 
and the impact of staff isolation in the UK.

The Group continued to deliver progress against our stated 
strategic priorities, with the acquisition of Vadotech delivering 
both expansion of our international footprint and increasing our 
service capability. We have also expanded our strategy and put 
in place plans to diversify the business into large, attractive 
adjacent markets through our new business unit, ABD Solutions. 

The current market conditions and strong second-half order 
intake performance provide a solid platform for continued 
growth and performance during 2022.

Dr James Routh, Chief Executive Officer

20
20

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial performance
Group order intake improved significantly from the second 
quarter onwards and provided a strong book to bill ratio at the 
financial year end. The Group is confident that this significantly 
enhanced order book provides strong foundations for continued 
growth and delivery during the new financial year.

The Group results show revenue growth of 6% to £65.4m (2020: 
£61.5m) with the significant majority of £38.1m delivered in the 
second half of the financial year, which is the highest half-year 
revenue during the Group’s history. Despite the adverse impacts 
of UK-based staff isolations, supply chain constraints and adverse 
foreign exchange impacts, the Group second half revenue 
growth of 42% (H2 2020: £26.8m) was strong, driven by ADAS 
platforms, laboratory testing and simulation sales and the 
acquisition of Vadotech, and is 19% higher than the comparable 
period in the pre-COVID-19 financial year (H2 2019: £32.1m). 

The Group continues to increase the proportion of recurring 
revenue which grew to 35% (2020: 28%) through a higher 
proportion of sales relating to software and services and was 
further enhanced by the recent acquisition of Vadotech Group.

Group adjusted operating profit decreased 4% to £10.8m (2020: 
£11.3m), a reduction in adjusted operating margin of 180 bps to 
16.6% (2020: 18.4%). The reduction in operating margin was a 
result of a higher proportion of lower-margin laboratory testing 
and simulation equipment sales, diluting Group gross margins 
by 160bps to 56.8% (2020: 58.4%) and continued investment to 
further strengthen the Group’s operational and commercial 
platform through investment in senior management, people  
and systems.

The Group delivered strong adjusted operating cash flow 
of £16.0m with the net cash position at year end of £22.3m  
(2020: £30.0m) underpinning a robust balance sheet, despite the 
acquisition of Vadotech Group for gross consideration of £17.3m 
and capital investment in our new Engineering Design Centre, an 
expanded test track facility in California and ongoing new product 
development totalling £6.6m.

Sector review
The Group’s track testing sector delivered revenue of £49.7m 
(2020: £51.8m), a 4% reduction on the prior year and a 2% 
reduction at constant currency.

Strategic progress
The Group continues to make good progress against its stated 
core strategic priorities, as well as expanding the strategy to 
include diversification and further integrating ESG as a core tenet.

We have seen revenue growth in all geographic territories with 
the exception of the UK and Europe, with notable growth in the 
Asia Pacific region, in particular China.

Order intake within track testing was strong, particularly in the 
second half of the year, providing a positive book to bill ratio and 
therefore high confidence of a return to revenue growth in 2022. 
China, Japan, Germany and the USA have led the regions showing 
strongest order intake growth demonstrating the success of our 
strategic model to establish a physical sales and support 
presence in each of these territories.

Within laboratory testing and simulation, the Group performed 
strongly, delivering 62% revenue growth with significant 
contributions from both Suspension Parameter Measurement 
Machines (SPMM) with growth of 28% and simulation growth of 
98%. Growth in both SPMMs and our aVDS simulator product line 
returned partly due to deferment of larger orders experienced 
in H2 2020, but also due to a strong competitive offering and 
underlying market demand. The rFpro simulation software 
recovered well from a weaker prior year comparator due to 
a return of high-end motorsport series and continued new 
product development.

Order intake in this sector continues to be strong with significant 
order coverage for 2022 already secured for SPMMs and 
simulators, and ongoing development of our pipeline for the 
rFpro simulation software solution.

Following a comprehensive review of the potential market 
for leveraging our core technologies, the Group established 
ABD Solutions, a new business unit focused on the application 
of robotics technology and control in attractive adjacent markets 
to automate selected vehicle applications. Initial market sectors 
for ABD Solutions are mining, agriculture, materials handling and 
defence applications. More details of ABD Solutions can be found 
of pages 14 to 15.

It is important to emphasise that this new business unit is 
incremental to our existing business and our previously stated 
strategic plans around the core business remain firmly in place. 
During the year, we continued to invest in both R&D and 
capabilities to expand this attractive core market. AB Dynamics 
completed the build and fit out of the new Engineering Design 
Centre in the UK, housing the engineering teams of AB Dynamics, 
a simulation development area and demonstration suite, 
laboratories and prototyping facilities. A range of new products 
were launched to market, in particular, the LaunchPad 80, Guided 
Soft Target 120 and aVDS Mk2. All new product launches have 
gained significant market traction and provided a strong 
contribution to the recent growth in order intake.

Significant ongoing investment has been made in building 
the bench strength and capabilities in senior management. 
During the year, the Group established a divisional management 
structure, with the recruitment of senior regional leadership and 
further build out of the corporate team with the appointment of 
a Chief Strategy Officer. Additional investments have been made 
at all levels of management to ensure solid foundations are 
established for our ambitious growth plans.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

21

Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquisitions
During the second half of the year, the Group acquired Vadotech 
Group for a maximum consideration of up to €26m. Vadotech 
Group is a leading supplier of testing services in the Asia Pacific 
region, headquartered in Singapore with key operations in China, 
Japan and Germany. Vadotech Group expands the range of 
services offered by the Group into full vehicle assessments, 
particularly to German OEMs, under long-term customer 
framework agreements and has established an electric vehicle 
and e-mobility training centre in Germany. The acquisition 
provided a strategically important footprint in the Asia Pacific 
region, allowing the introduction of our new divisional operating 
hub in Singapore. Vadotech Group has performed well since 
acquisition and in line with the Board’s expectations.

Acquisitions have and will continue to be a significant part of our 
overall strategy and more details on our approach to acquisitions 
can be found on pages 16 to 17.

Summary
The Group has delivered another year of strong performance, 
despite the ongoing impacts of COVID-19, particularly in the first 
half of the year. The second half delivered record levels of order 
intake, revenue and cash generation, which provides a strong 
foundation for continued growth in 2022.

Against the backdrop of continued market uncertainty, the 
Group continued to invest in all areas of the business, further 
supporting our ambitious growth plans. During the year, we made 
demonstrable progress in evolving the the Group’s strategic 
direction, both with the acquisition of Vadotech and also through 
the launch of ABD Solutions, a major new growth initiative to 
diversify the business. The Group also continued to strengthen 
the operational and commercial platform of the business through 
investing in new product development, capabilities and the senior 
management team.

Our market drivers remain strong. Against that background, and 
based on the recent track record of strong order intake and 
continued strategic investment, the Board is confident of 
delivering progress during 2022 and beyond.

“ I would like to express my sincere 
thanks to our global community 
of professional, talented employees 
for their dedication and hard work 
to deliver a strong performance 
in what has been another year 
of fluctuating market conditions”

Dr James Routh
Chief Executive Officer
24 November 2021

22

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Q&A

with Dr James Routh

What new areas are you moving into?
To build a broader-based business that is focused on growth 
markets driven by megatrends, we introduced ABD Solutions 
to enter adjacent markets such as the automation of mining, 
defence, agriculture and materials handling.

In parallel we continue to invest into the core automotive sector 
focused on the verification of ADAS systems, autonomy and 
vehicle dynamics both through physical testing and physics-
based simulation.

Tell us more about ABD Solutions
ABD Solutions is a new venture launched during 2021 to leverage 
the core capabilities of AB Dynamics into adjacent, end-user 
-driven markets. The global need and trend towards automation 
is driven by the required improvements in both safety and 
productivity and we have selected attractive growth markets 
where we can rapidly convert existing manual vehicles into 
automated operation.

We have a strong team consisting of existing AB Dynamics 
employees and new hires with particular specialisms in sensors, 
object detection and software. We already have strong 
commercial traction in our initial focus market sectors of mining 
and defence.

What do you need to successfully transition through 
this next phase of growth?
The key elements required are the technical and commercial skills 
and capabilities to drive the next phase of growth. This includes 
significant investment in engineers and technologists, along with 
the management capability to successfully exploit the 
compelling market opportunities available to the Group.

We continue to invest in technology and new product 
development, along with the infrastructure required across all 
relevant geographic territories.

How are the new overseas offices going and how 
has this extended your geographic reach?
We are very pleased with the performance of all our overseas 
sales and support offices, particularly during the pandemic 
with the restrictions on travel demonstrating the need for local 
customer support. The offices in Japan and the USA have 
performed particularly well and have developed strong 
customer relationships with key accounts and new customers.

How are you protecting the core business?
We are protecting the core business through continuous 
innovation and investment to ensure we maintain our position 
as the leading provider of testing and simulation products and 
services to the global automotive market. This ensures our 
product and service offering is sufficiently differentiated to 
take market share and ensure premium pricing.

Are you excited for the future?
I remain very excited for the future of the Group as we remain well 
positioned to take advantage of the significant structural and 
regulatory growth drivers in our core automotive market, along with 
the opportunities that ABD Solutions provides in large, adjacent 
markets. We have a strong balance sheet which provides opportunity 
for continued investment in both organic growth and acquisitions.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

23
23

Operational review – Track testing

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continuous development 
of complex ADAS systems 
driving product development 
and operational model

Highlights 2021
•  Successful market launches of the fastest ADAS platforms 
in the market (LaunchPad 80 and Guided Soft Target 120)
•  Strong performance from recently established direct sales 

and support facilities in Japan and the USA

•  Strong recovery in order intake during the second half 
of the year providing positive book to bill ratio moving 
into FY 2022

•  Continued growth in the proportion of recurring revenue
•  Acquisition of Vadotech Group expanding into on-road 
vehicle testing and establishment of an Asia Pacific 
operating hub

Introduction
The Group’s track testing sector provides products and services 
utilised on proving grounds, test tracks and public roads to 
evaluate the performance of vehicle active safety systems, 
autonomous technologies, electric vehicles and vehicle 
dynamics. The sector is broadly split into the three primary 
sub-sectors of Driving Robots, ADAS Platforms and Testing 
Services and all track-based systems are controlled by our 
comprehensive control software.

Driving robots are used to replace a test driver in the 
vehicle under test to provide highly accurate and repeatable 
driving performance and can be delivered through direct 
electromechanical actuation or via drive-by-wire systems. 
The driving robot system is controlled by the Group’s Synchro 
or Ground Traffic Control software and integrates with other 
test objects including the ADAS test platforms.

ADAS test platforms are used as vehicle or Vulnerable Road User 
(e.g pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists) objects in each test 
scenario and include the GST and LaunchPad. The GST is a very 
low-profile electric vehicle onto which a radar representative soft 
car is mounted. The LaunchPad has similar characteristics to the 
GST but is smaller and used to mount other potential objects 
such as pedestrians, cyclists and motorcycles. In both cases, 

24

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Operational review – Track testing continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction continued
the platforms are designed to withstand failed tests whereby 
the vehicle under test strikes the test object and moves over the 
platform. The ADAS platforms are controlled and synchronised 
with the vehicle under test by our comprehensive suite of software.

The Group operates a test facility in Bakersfield, USA, where 
testing of ADAS systems and vehicle dynamics are performed 
using the ABD track testing product range for OEMs, technology 
developers and government agencies.

Following the acquisition of Vadotech Group in March 2021, 
the Group provides on-road vehicle testing services for the 
assessment of all aspects of vehicle performance, particularly 
focusing on electric vehicle performance, charging capability 
and vehicle connectivity.

The market drivers for growth in the Track Testing sector are 
detailed in our markets and strategy section on page 10.

Financial performance
The track testing sector delivered revenue of £49.7m (2020: £51.8m), 
a 4% reduction on the prior year and a 1.6% reduction at constant 
currency. The first half of the financial year showed a continued 
impact of COVID-19 with revenues at £20.9m (H1 2020: £29.6m), 
with a strong recovery in second half revenues to £28.8m 
(H2 2020: £22.2m). 

The track testing performance was characterised by a reduction 
in sales of driving robots, ADAS platforms and track test services 
at Dynamic Research Inc (DRI), offset by the initial contribution 
from road-based testing at Vadotech.

Order intake within track testing was significantly higher than 
revenue, with orders strongly weighted to the second half of the 
financial year. Overall book to bill ratios were positive for all track 
testing product categories, including driving robots, which 
provides confidence for FY 2022.

Driving robot sales reduced by 20% to £16.9m (2020: £21.1m), 
particularly in the second half, as lower H1 order intake impacted 
H2 revenues. Order intake for driving robots recovered strongly 
in H2 with full-year order intake significantly higher than 2020. 
The Group expects a moderate growth in driving robots once 
new regulatory requirements for new ADAS technologies 
are released.

Revenues in ADAS platforms reduced 6% to £22.7m (2020: £24.1m) 
due to the weaker first half of the financial year with revenue 
recovering strongly in H2 to £13.1m (H1 2021: £9.6m). Demand for 
ADAS platforms, particularly the LaunchPad family of products, 
continues to build, in particular the Group’s new LaunchPad 80 
product used for testing higher speed objects such as motorcycles. 
The Group also launched the GST 120 during the year, providing the 
ability to test up to 120 kph and providing enhanced deceleration 
capabilities through its anti-lock braking system (ABS).

The trend towards multi-object test scenarios will further drive 
demand for a range of platforms that meet these test requirements, 
including platforms to carry a range of objects (e.g. pedestrian 
dummies, cyclists, scooters, motorcycles etc) that can operate 
at a range of speeds and can interact with a variety of test 
vehicles from passenger cars to commercial vehicles.

Revenue related to the provision of testing services increased 
53% to £10.1m (2020: £6.6m) due to the impact of the acquisition 
of Vadotech Group in March 2021, partly offset by a weaker 
performance at DRI. Track testing operations at DRI were 
impacted in H1 by the COVID-19 pandemic preventing physical 
testing taking place and the change in the US government 
delayed the award of new contracts from the government  
agency NHTSA.

“ Positioned strongly with highly 
differentiated products and 
services across global markets”

Progress during the year
The Group continues to build customer relationships and drive 
improvements in revenue and gross margins through the recently 
established overseas sales and support offices. Performance was 
particularly strong in the USA and Japan, whilst Germany 
continued to be impacted by COVID-19 in the region.

Investment in new product development has continued with 
the market launch and successful implementation of two new 
products within ADAS platforms. The GST 120 was launched to 
enable testing to take place at highway speeds testing ADAS 
systems such as Highway Assist and Automated Lane Keeping 
Systems (ALKS). The system also includes ABS to allow controlled 
braking and deceleration at 0.8g without locking the wheels. 

The LaunchPad 80 was launched during the year and has proven 
highly successful with high levels of order intake during the 
second half of the year. The LaunchPad 80 enables testing 
ADAS systems with motorcycles at up to 80 kph. Both the GST 
120 and the LaunchPad 80 are among the fastest ADAS platforms 
available on the market and are therefore significantly 
differentiated against the competition.

In March 2021 the Group acquired Vadotech Group to enhance 
the end-to-end testing capabilities of the business to include 
on-road vehicle testing. Vadotech Group is headquartered in 
Singapore, with its primary operation in Beijing, China and smaller 
operations in Japan and Germany.

The Group delivered continued growth in the proportion of 
recurring revenue through further success in the sales of tiered 
service and support packages to the existing customer base, and 
the contribution from the acquisition of Vadotech who operate 
under long-term customer contracts.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

25

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Operational review – Track testing continued

Principal operations
The track testing sector principally operates from the AB 
Dynamics headquarters in Bradford on Avon (UK), with sales 
and support offices located in Giessen and Munich (Germany), 
Yokohama (Japan) and Wixom (Michigan, USA). The track 
testing services business is based in Torrance and Bakersfield 
(California, USA). The on-road testing services business is based 
in Beijing (China).

 “ Track testing had a 
challenging first half as 
customers suspended track 
activities, but has now 
started to recover”

Track testing sales growth (£m) – CAGR 36% 

2021

2020

2019

2018

H1: 20.9

H2: 28.8

49.7

H1: 29.6

H2: 22.2

51.8

H1: 23.0

H2: 26.8

49.8

H1: 14.2

H2: 18.7

32.9

Product sales breakdown

P  
£49.7m34+

  Driving robots  
  ADAS platforms 
  Track test services 

34% 
46% 
20% 

26

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Growth potential 
•  Market regulation driving increased level and complexity 

of track testing

•  Euro-NCAP roadmap towards multi-object scenario-based 

tests will drive demand for ADAS platforms

•  Development of automated driving functions and 

autonomous systems require track-based testing for safety

•  New vehicle technologies such as Automatic Emergency 
Steering or Steering Assist will require new capabilities
•  Scope to replicate the Vadotech Group business model 

in other geographic territories

45
+
+
21
+
+
P
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Operational review – Laboratory testing and simulation

Simulation driving 
strong growth

Highlights 2021
•  Outstanding simulation growth of 98% through increased 
sales of aVDS full motion simulators and success in 
rFpro sales

•  Strong growth in laboratory test equipment of 28% 
through SPMM sales and demand from Asia Pacific
•  Solid order book at year end provides confidence for 

continued performance in FY 2022

•  Continued product development in simulator technology 
and simulation software provides strong foundations 
for future performance

 “ Laboratory testing and simulation 
delivered outstanding growth 
across all products and services 
and is well positioned for 
continued performance 
during FY 2022”

Introduction
The Group’s laboratory testing and simulation sector provides 
advanced products used to characterise the dynamics of 
vehicles and replicate the real world in a simulated environment. 
The sector is split into two primary sub-sectors of laboratory 
testing equipment, such as Suspension Parameter Measurement 
Machines (SPMM) and the ANVH, and simulation.

In simulation the Group provides both physical simulators and 
advanced, physics-based simulation software. Simulators are 
used by both automotive manufacturers and motorsport teams 
to accurately represent the real world utilising the rFpro 
software, coupled with state-of-the-art, high frequency 
response motion platforms and static driving simulators. 
Parameters such as vehicle dynamics, tyres, environmental 
conditions, material properties, sensors and light conditions 
(including shadows and reflections) can be modified and the 
variance simulated in a highly accurate model.

The Group’s SPMM products are large scale testing rigs used 
to characterise the kinematics and compliance of vehicles. 
These machines are widely used by automotive OEMs and tier 
one suppliers to characterise vehicle dynamics, as well as 
providing vital input data to be used in simulation. The ANVH 
product is a testing machine used to optimise suspension 
systems early in the development cycle to reduce noise, 
vibration and harshness (NVH) transmission to the vehicle cabin. 
This is particularly useful in electric vehicles, where road noise 
and vibration are the predominate source of noise.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

27

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Lab test and simulation sales growth 
(£m) – CAGR 36% 

2021

2020

2019

2018

9.7

8.2

4.2

Product sales breakdown

P	P	
£15.7m59+

  Simulation  
  SPMM 

15.7

59% 
41% 

Operational review – Laboratory testing and simulation continued

Financial performance
The laboratory testing and simulation sector delivered strong 
overall revenue growth of 62% to £15.7m (2020: £9.7m), through 
significant growth of 28% in SPMM sales revenue and a very 
strong simulation performance, growing by 98%. Many of 
the H2 2020 deferred orders for larger capital items such as 
SPMM and aVDS were received, which supported the strong 
revenue performance.

The growth in sales revenue in laboratory testing equipment 
(including SPMM) of 28% to £6.4m (2020: £5.0m) was due to 
continued strong demand from China, with order intake 
continuing through H2 to support the delivery of FY 2022 
revenue. The manufacture of the first ANVH test machine for a 
major automotive OEM has been completed after the year end 
which contributed to the laboratory testing and simulation 
sector performance.

The simulation sector performed very well with revenue growth of 
98% to £9.3m (2020: £4.7m) due to the delivery of several aVDS 
simulator systems and a recovery in revenues at rFpro following 
the delays to the motorsport season in FY 2020. The outlook for 
simulation is robust with a strong order book for aVDS simulators 
and the market for rFpro simulation software supporting 
continued growth.

Progress during the year
The Group has made significant commercial progress during the 
year with strong sales and marketing activity driving significant 
levels of revenue and order intake. To ensure continuity of this 
performance, high levels of new product development activity 
have been delivered in both laboratory testing equipment and 
the simulation sector.

AB Dynamics has made significant progress in the development 
of a new variant of the aVDS full motion simulator for a major 
automotive OEM with delivery and market launch expected 
during FY 2022. rFpro has continued to invest in the development 
of a cloud-based Software as a Service (SaaS) version of its 
physics-based simulation software, particularly aimed at the 
autonomous vehicle development market.

During the year, AB Dynamics opened its new Engineering 
Design Centre (EDC) in the UK, which houses a state-of-the-art 
simulation suite for both continued product development and 
customer demonstrations.

Principal operations
The laboratory testing and simulation sector principally operates 
from the AB Dynamics headquarters in Bradford on Avon (UK), 
with sales and support offices located in Giessen & Munich 
(Germany), Yokohama (Japan) and Wixom (Michigan, USA). The 
simulation focused business of rFpro is based in Romsey (UK) and 
Wixom (Michigan, USA).

28

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

41
+
+
Operational review – Laboratory testing and simulation continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Growth potential 
•  Drive to utilise simulation to accelerate product development 

and reduce product development risk in automotive
•  Significant scope for expansion of rFpro simulation 

software capability as autonomous simulation matures 
requiring more complex analysis

•  Growth in simulator product sales and expansion of the 

simulator family of products

•  Requirements for integrated tool chains between the 

virtual and physical world

•  Electrification of vehicles will drive more demand for 
optimisation of noise, vibration and harshness and 
equipment such as the ANVH

“ Our continued investment in 
simulation underpins the market 
need to accelerate automated 
vehicle development”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

29

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Chief Financial Officer’s review

Supporting investment 
in sustainable growth

Adjusted operating profit by half years (£m) 

£m

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8.0

7.3

6.4

6.5

3.3

3.5

2019
H1

2019
H2

2020
H1

2020
H2

2021
H1

2021
H2

“ The Group’s strong balance sheet 
and resilient business model 
enabled continued investment 
to support future growth”

30

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Revenue by geography

P	P	
£65.4m25+

  UK/Europe  
  Asia Pacific 
  North America 
  Rest of World 

25% 
50% 
24% 
1%

The Group delivered revenue growth during the year and 
continued to invest in new product development and capability 
and capacity to support future growth.

Following the significant impact of COVID-19 disruption in the 
second half of last year, activity levels have continued to improve, 
with significant recovery in order intake. Results for the first half 
of 2021 were broadly comparable with the second half of 2020, 
with H2 2021 showing a 40% improvement in revenue and 109% 
growth in operating profit over H1 2021. As H1 2020 was such a 
strong comparative period pre-pandemic, overall revenue for 
2021 is up 6%, with adjusted operating profit down 4%.

Gross margins reduced in the year due to the increased 
proportion of lower margin laboratory testing and simulation 
sales. This, combined with our continued investment in the 
infrastructure of the business, resulted in reduced adjusted 
operating margins, despite mitigating actions to control 
discretionary spending.

The Group maintained its very strong financial position, with 
net cash at 31 August 2021 of £22.3m (2020: £30.0m) despite 
spending €20m (£17.3m) on the acquisition of Vadotech and 
£6.6m on capex, including completion of the Engineering 
Design Centre. 

50
+
+
24
+
1
+
+
Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Trading performance
Revenue increased by 6% to £65.4m (2020: £61.5m) driven by 
the acquisition made during the year. Organic revenue decreased 
by 3%, or 1% on a constant currency basis, with the first half of the 
prior year being a particularly strong comparative, having been 
concluded before the impact of COVID. 

Excluding the distortive H1 comparative, organic revenue has 
improved, increasing from £26.8m in H2 2020 to £32.2m in 
H2 2021, growth of 20%. Including Vadotech, H2 2021 revenue 
grew 42% to £38.1m.

Track testing revenue of £49.7m was down 4% against the 
prior year (2020: £51.8m), reflecting a delay in the award of 
government contracts for track test services and a significant 
decrease in driving robot sales against a particularly strong 
pre-COVID performance in H1 2020. The Group expects sales 
revenues in this sector to remain constrained in the short term, 
before growing again once new regulatory requirements for  
new ADAS technologies are released and customer track testing 
operations can resume at full capacity. Demand for ADAS 
platforms was more resilient and by H2 2021 had recovered  
to levels seen pre-pandemic. 

Laboratory testing and simulation delivered strong revenue 
growth, up 62% to £15.7m reflecting the receipt of a number 
of orders deferred from the prior year and growth across both 
simulation equipment and simulation software. 

Gross margins reduced by 160 bps to 56.8% (2020: 58.4%), 
impacted by a higher proportion of large capital equipment 
revenues in laboratory testing and simulation, which are lower 
margin than the Group’s other products and services. 

Adjusted operating profit of £10.8m decreased 4% against 2020, 
with a reduction in adjusted operating margin to 16.6% (2020: 18.4%). 
This was impacted by the reduction in gross margin and our 
continued investment in our strategy for growth and building 
out the senior management team, partly offset by mitigating 
actions to reduce discretionary spending. 

Net finance costs were £0.4m (2020: £0.4m), with lease interest 
of £0.1m and the unwinding of the discounted value of the 
deferred consideration on Vadotech of £0.3m. 

This left adjusted profit before tax of £10.4m (2020: £10.9m).

The Group adjusted tax charge totalled £1.9m (2020: £1.9m), 
an adjusted effective tax rate of 18.2% (2020: 17.7%). The effective 
tax rate is lower than the current UK corporation tax rate due to 
allowances for research and development and patent box offset 
by overseas tax at higher rates than in the UK.

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
Our capital-efficient business and high margins enable 
generation of strong ROCE (defined as adjusted operating profit 
as a percentage of capital employed). However in the years in 
which we acquire businesses or new properties, our capital base 
grows disproportionately with profit, therefore the ratio will be 
impacted. The current year has been impacted by the investment 
in the acquisition of Vadotech and commissioning the new 
Engineering Design Centre, accounting for the decrease in 
ROCE in the year from 15.2% in 2020 to 11.5% in 2021.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share were 37.4p (2020: 39.9p), 
a decrease of 6%.

Adjustments totalled £6.6m (2020: £6.6m) of which £4.4m 
related to amortisation of acquired intangible assets, £0.8m 
to costs in relation to acquisitions, including staff retention 
payments and £1.4m to ERP development costs. 

Statutory operating profit decreased by 12% to £4.2m and after 
net finance costs of £0.4m (2020: £0.4m), statutory profit before 
tax decreased by 14% from £4.3m to £3.8m, giving statutory basic 
earnings per share of 13.2p (2020: 17.9p). The statutory tax charge 
was £0.8m (2020: £0.3m). A reconciliation of statutory to 
underlying non-GAAP financial measures is provided below. 

Cash generation
Operating activities generated adjusted cash inflow of £16.0m 
(2020: £6.9m) with cash conversion of 118% after a reduction in 
working capital of £1.5m. After interest payments of £0.1m and tax 
receipts of £1.1m, net consideration on the acquisition of Vadotech 
of £14.3m and dividends of £1.4m, this allowed us to invest £6.6m 
in property, plant and equipment and product development.

Net cash at the end of the year was £22.3m (2020: £30.0m). 

Acquisitions
On 3 March 2021, the Group acquired 100% of Vadotech Pte Ltd 
and Zynit Pte Ltd (collectively ‘Vadotech Group’) for initial 
consideration of €17.0m with deferred contingent consideration 
of up to €9.0m. 

The acquisition has performed well during the year, contributing 
£5.9m to revenue and £1.5m to adjusted operating profit.

Deferred contingent consideration of up to €3.0m (£2.6m) and 
€6.0m (£5.2m) is subject to certain performance criteria being 
achieved for the year ended 31 December 2020 and the year 
ending 31 December 2021, respectively. The criteria in relation to 
the payment for the year ended 31 December 2020 were met, 
therefore an additional €3.0m (£2.6m) has been paid. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

31

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Research and development
While research and development forms a significant part of the 
Group’s activities, a significant proportion relates to specific 
customer programmes which are included in the cost of the 
product. Development costs of £1.2m (2020: £0.2m) have been 
capitalised in relation to projects for which there are a number of 
near-term sales opportunities. Other research and development 
costs, all of which have been written off to the income statement 
as incurred, total £0.5m (2020: £0.8m).

Foreign currency exposure
The Group faces currency exposure on its foreign currency 
transactions and translation exposure in relation to its 
overseas subsidiaries. 

The Group maintains a natural hedge whenever possible to 
transactional exposure by matching the cash inflows and 
outflows in the respective currencies wherever possible.

Foreign exchange translation has provided a minor headwind on 
revenue and profit, with the US dollar, euro and yen all weakening 
against sterling. On a constant currency basis, restating the current 
year at 2020 average exchange rates, revenue would have been 
£1.5m higher and adjusted operating profit £0.2m higher.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final divided of 3.2p per share 
giving a total dividend for the year of 4.8p per share, which is 
an increase of 10% over the prior year, resuming the Board’s 
progressive dividend policy.

Alternative performance measures
In the analysis of the Group’s financial performance and position, 
operating results and cash flows, alternative performance 
measures are presented to provide readers with additional 
information. The principal measures presented are adjusted 
measures of earnings including adjusted operating profit, 
adjusted operating margin, adjusted profit before tax, and 
adjusted earnings per share. 

The Annual Report includes both statutory and adjusted non-GAAP 
financial measures, the latter of which the Directors believe better 
reflect the underlying performance of the business and provides 
a more meaningful comparison of how the business is managed 
and measured on a day-to-day basis. The Group’s alternative 

performance measures and KPIs are aligned to the Group’s 
strategy and together are used to measure the performance 
of the business and form the basis of the performance measures 
for remuneration. Adjusted results exclude certain items because 
if included, these items could distort the understanding of the 
performance for the year and the comparability between 
the periods. 

We provide comparatives alongside all current year figures. 
The term ‘adjusted’ is not defined under IFRS and may not be 
comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies. 
All profit and earnings per share figures in this Annual Report 
relate to underlying business performance (as defined above) 
unless otherwise stated. 

A reconciliation of adjusted measures to statutory measures is provided below:

2021

2020

Statutory

Adjustments

Adjusted

Statutory *

Adjustments *

Adjusted

Operating profit (£m)

Operating margin (%)

Profit before tax (£m)

Taxation (£m)

Profit after tax (£m)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Cash flow from operations (£m)

The adjustments comprise:

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Acquisition related costs/(credit)

ERP development costs

Inventory impairment

Restructuring

Adjustments

4.2

6.4

3.8

(0.8)

3.0

13.1

14.3

6.6

10.2

6.6

(1.1)

5.5

24.3

1.7

10.8

16.6

10.4

(1.9)

8.5

37.4

16.0

4.7

7.7

4.3

(0.3)

4.0

17.8

6.2

6.6

10.7

6.6

(1.6)

5.0

22.1

0.7

2021
£m

4.4

0.8

1.4

—

—

6.6

11.3

18.4

10.9

(1.9)

9.0

39.9

6.9

2020 *
£m

3.5

(1.9)

0.7

3.3

1.0

6.6

32

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Amortisation of acquired intangibles
The amortisation relates to the businesses acquired in the 
previous year, DRI and rFpro, as well as the current year 
acquisition, Vadotech.

Restructuring
The prior year restructuring costs related to a redundancy 
programme in the UK in which the skill base of the business 
was rebalanced.

Net cash
The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents to net cash 
is as follows:

Acquisition related costs/(credit)
The costs relate to the acquisition of the Vadotech Group as well 
as staff retention payments to the employees of rFpro. The cash 
to pay this was contributed by the previous owner of rFpro prior 
to acquisition, but as the employees had to remain within the 
business for a period prior to receiving payment, a charge had to 
be recognised in the income statement in both the current and 
the prior year. The credit in the prior year relates to the release of 
deferred consideration on the rFpro acquisition which, due to 
COVID-19 disruption, was not payable. 

ERP development costs
These costs relate to the development, configuration and 
customisation of the Group’s new ERP system and are adjusted 
due to their size and nature. Previously, these costs were 
capitalised as intangible assets. However, following the IFRS 
Interpretations Committee’s agenda decision in April 2021 that 
where such systems are hosted on the cloud, no intangible asset 
arises as the software is the property of the service provider, such 
development costs are now required to be expensed as incurred.

Inventory impairment
In the prior year, following a detailed review of inventory levels 
and usage, a number of items previously included in the carrying 
value were written off and the system of accounting for inventory 
updated to better reflect the Group’s current operations.

Taxation
The tax impact of these adjustments was as follows: amortisation 
£0.7m (2020: £0.5m), acquisition related costs/(credit) £0.1m 
(2020: £0.1m), ERP development costs £0.3m (2020: £0.1m), 
inventory impairment £nil (2020: £0.6m) and restructuring costs 
£nil (2020: £0.3m).

Cash and cash equivalents

Fixed term deposits

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
ROCE is calculated as follows:

Adjusted operating profit

Shareholders’ equity

Net cash

Deferred tax

Deferred consideration

Return on capital employed

2021
£m

23.3

—

—

(1.0)

22.3

2021
£m

10.8

105.0

(22.3)

6.6

4.9

94.2

11.5%

2020 
£m

26.2

5.0

(0.5)

(0.7)

30.0

2020 
£m

11.3

102.2

(30.0)

2.5

0.0

74.7

15.2%

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

33

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key performance indicators

Clear performance measures that 
highlight sustainable value creation

Financial figures

Growth of the business, quality 
of earnings and efficient use of 
resources are crucial target areas 
for AB Dynamics and we employ a 
number of performance measures 
to monitor them. The KPIs used to 
monitor the financial performance 
of the business are set out opposite.

These KPIs enable progress to be 
monitored on the implementation of 
the Group strategy, level of investment 
and business development.

Revenue

£65.4m +6%

Adjusted operating profit 

Adjusted operating margin

£10.8m -4%

16.6% -180 bps

2021

2020

2019

2018

65.4

61.5

58.0

2021

2020

2019

2018

37.1

10.8

11.3

12.9

7.9

2021

2020

2019

2018

16.6

18.4

22.3

21.3

Definition

Definition

Definition

Revenue is measured at the value, net 
of sales taxes, of goods sold and services 
provided to customers.

Reason for choice

This is a key driver for the business, 
enabling us to track our progress in 
increasing market share by product 
and by region. 

Comment on results

The growth was driven by the acquisition 
of Vadotech and an increase in demand 
for our laboratory testing and simulation 
equipment, offset by the impact of 
reduced demand for robots and ADAS 
platforms during the pandemic.

Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation 
of acquired intangibles, acquisition costs 
and other adjustments for one-off 
non-recurring items. 

Reason for choice

Adjusted operating profit provides a 
consistent year-on-year measure of the 
trading performance of the Group’s 
operations. 

Comment on results

The increase in revenue was offset by 
additional operating costs as a result of 
the acquisition, lower gross margins due 
to the higher proportion of lower margin 
laboratory testing and simulation revenue 
and the continuing investment in the 
systems and infrastructure of the business, 
mitigated by discretionary cost savings.

Adjusted operating profit divided 
by revenue.

Reason for choice

This measure brings together the 
combined effects of procurement costs 
and pricing as well as the leveraging of 
our operating assets. 

Comment on results

Margin decreased by 180 bps due to 
lower activity levels in the first half of  
the year, being impacted by COVID-19, 
but higher costs due to the planned 
investment in the systems and 
infrastructure of the business. 

34
34

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Key performance indicators continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial figures continued

Adjusted diluted eps 

Adjusted operating cash flow 

Return on capital employed

37.4p -6%

£16.0m +131%

2021

2020

2019

2018

37.4

39.9

34.3

51.4

2021

2020

2019

2018

16.0

6.9

10.5

9.9

11.5% -370 bps

2021

2020

2019

2018

11.5

15.2

 19.3

40.4

Definition

Definition

Definition

Profit after tax excluding amortisation of 
acquired intangibles, acquisition costs and 
other adjustments for one-off non-recurring 
items, divided by the fully diluted weighted 
average number of shares.

Reason for choice

This measure is designed to include the 
effective management of interest costs 
and the tax charge and measure the total 
return achieved for shareholders.

Cash flow for operating activities 
adjusted for acquisition costs and other 
adjustments for one-off non-recurring 
payments or receipts.

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage of 
capital employed, defined as shareholders’ 
funds less net cash held, deferred tax and 
deferred consideration.

Reason for choice

Reason for choice

This provides a measure of the cash 
generated by the Group’s trading. 
It represents the cash that is generated 
to fund capital expenditure, interest 
payments, tax and dividends. 

Comment on results

Comment on results

Adjusted diluted eps decreased by 6% 
as a result of the decrease in adjusted 
operating profit. 

Adjusted operating cash flow increased 
by 131% to £16.0m as a result of improved 
working capital.

This measures efficient use of capital.

Comment on results

ROCE reduced from 15.2% to 11.5% in 
the year due to the investment in the 
acquisition of Vadotech and completion 
of the Engineering Design Centre. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

35

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy

Developing our 
ESG strategy

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Governance

Environmental

Driving 
sustainability

Social

Introduction
This year, the Group’s approach to sustainability and corporate 
governance has been led by its newly-formed ESG Committee. 

The Committee was constituted by the Board to primarily 
promote AB Dynamics plc’s contribution to road safety and 
the associated reduction in road accidents and fatalities and 
promote its contribution to the reduction in fossil fuels usage in 
the automotive sector. The Committee’s remit also includes setting 
the strategy, developing the ESG policies, programmes, targets 
and initiatives of the Group; recommending Key Performance 
Indicators; providing oversight of the Group’s management 
of ESG matters and compliance with relevant legal and 
regulatory requirements. 

We believe that reporting on material non-financial measures is 
important in understanding the performance, opportunities and 
long-term sustainability of the Group, and its activities in this 
field will generate real value for all our stakeholders. The issue of 
global sustainability is increasingly important to our customers, 
employees, suppliers and shareholders, and we take responsibility 
to operate ethically and deliver growth in a sustainable manner. 
This section of the Annual Report provides an overview of our 
ESG methodologies, which fall within the Group’s global 
subsidiary governance framework, and provides details of our 
progress during the financial year in three key areas: Environment, 
Social and Governance.

36

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Clean inputs
The Board has continued its focus on increasing the use of ‘clean 
inputs’: investing in renewable power at the premises owned by 
the Group accompanied by the use of renewal energy from 
renewable energy providers to meet the Group’s energy needs, 
to drive the agenda of sustainability across the Group.

Conversion

The Board believes that investing in renewable technology is 
another important way to eliminate carbon from the Group’s 
operations. The Group’s new Engineering Design Centre was 
completed in March and since its occupation, the building has 
been partially powered by solar energy. 

Last year the Company also obtained planning consent for 
the installation of solar panels on the roof of the existing 
headquarters building in the UK. These have now been 
successfully installed, and despite only being active for part 
of the year have already generated 62,030kWh of power.

Green sourcing

As renewable energy generation is not viable at all Group facilities 
(we lease most of our premises), we have taken the decision to 
meet our global energy needs directly from renewable power 
providers, wherever possible. 

Last year AB Dynamics in the UK centralised the procurement of 
gas and electricity for our UK activities; this three-year process to 
move all facilities to Engie is continuing. Engie offers 100% UK 
generated renewable power from certified renewable sources 
and is fully certified as zero carbon emissions by UK Renewable 
Energy Guarantees of Origin (REGOs), providing complete 
traceability of the energy it supplies to the Group.

Environmental
The Company’s new ESG Committee has been set up to, 
inter alia, drive reduction of the Group’s impact on the 
natural environment and its adaptation to climate change. 
Its remit includes: 

•  Greenhouse gas emissions
•  Energy consumption
•  Generation and use of renewable energy
•  Other emissions
•  Resources efficiency
•  Biodiversity and habitat 
• 
•  Pollution 
•  Reduction and management of waste

Impact on water resources and the status of water bodies 

The Group believes that incorporating sustainability and solid 
environmental principles into our everyday operations, now 
more than ever before, is fundamental to ensuring successful, 
long-term outcomes for our business, for our employees and 
for the community. 

We recognise the adverse consequences of CO2 and other 
greenhouse gases on our environment, and we are committed to 
reducing the impact associated with the whole Group’s energy 
usage. The Board and senior management are wholly committed 
to delivering continual environmental improvements across the 
organisation, as well as assisting the global automotive sector to 
develop new technologies that will reduce CO2 emissions and 
drastically improve road safety.

We will continue to deploy green technology wherever possible 
and appropriate, and to make careful and considered decisions 
in all our operations to reduce our current carbon footprint. 

Our goal is to be carbon neutral by 2030. 

 “ Our goal is to be carbon 
neutral by 2030”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

37

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Each facility participates in recycling paper, plastic, cardboard 
and wood from pallets and continues to focus on minimising 
energy consumption through the efficient use of heating 
and lighting. The Group’s usage of water is minimal and 
predominantly relates to cleaning, bathrooms and 
staff refreshments. 

As the Group does not use its own logistics or freight, its primary 
direct energy usage and related CO2 emissions arise from its 
facilities and vehicles. The Group has undertaken significant steps 
to reduce its consumption as described above through both 
internally generated and purchased renewable energy and will 
also include staff awareness campaigns in the coming months. 

Reduction

As a business, we continue to assess our impact on the 
environment and try to mitigate or reduce the Company’s energy 
consumption wherever possible. Our new ESG Committee has 
been responsible for designing and implementing the Group-
wide approach needed to affect the reduction of energy usage. 
The first steps in this initiative are to: collate Group-wide data so 
the Group can fully understand its energy usage (and create a 
Group baseline), create a Group-wide strategy, and formulate the 
necessary policies and procedures to back this up; and finally, to 
set an appropriate target. Whilst the COVID-19 pandemic has 
significantly reduced our employee travel in the year, it has made 
our data collection (to set a Group-wide baseline) more 
challenging. Nevertheless, the Group’s data can be found further 
below. The Committee has also set the ambitious target of 
reducing the Group’s net carbon emissions to zero by 2030. 

Carbon emissions

This year the ESG Committee has set the target of net zero 
carbon emissions by 2030. The Group remains totally committed 
to reducing our emissions and feels that this ambitious target will 
provide a focus for our activities.

We recognise the impact that greenhouse gas emissions have 
on our environment.

This is the Group’s second year reporting its emissions in this 
manner. Previously we have reviewed and included data from 
our main UK operations only. 

  See overleaf for the Group’s energy consumption 

and emissions data

 “ This year the ESG Committee has 
set the target of net zero carbon 
emissions by 2030. The Group 
remains totally committed to 
reducing our emissions and feels 
that this ambitious target will 
provide a focus for our activities”

Clean inputs continued 

Green sourcing continued

This year we have also directed each of our subsidiaries to procure 
renewable energy. Whilst this has not always been achievable, as 
for example in some instances the supply of power is sourced by 
our landlords, we have undertaken to lobby our landlords to move 
their contracts to a renewable provider. We believe that switching 
to renewable power is the simplest approach to significantly 
lower our carbon footprint, benefit the environment, and 
demonstrate our commitment to sustainable business practices. 

Responsible consumption
Energy consumption and emissions

The Group’s activities can be summarised as largely 
manufacturing/assembly operations, combined with office-based 
research, product development and other commercial functions, 
where we receive materials and products from suppliers, 
assemble them into product and dispatch to customers. The 
acquisition of the Vadotech Group has increased the remit of 
these operations to include an element of on-road vehicle testing. 

Therefore, the Group’s main impact on the environment is the 
consumption of heating and power and fuel or electricity for 
customer vehicles while providing test services and developing 
and testing products.

The Group remains committed to identifying and assessing 
environmental risks, such as packaging waste, arising from its 
operations. Waste management initiatives are encouraged and 
supported by the Group and materials are recycled where 
practicable. Local management teams are committed to good 
environmental management practices and are responsible for 
implementing the necessary initiatives to meet their local obligations. 
The Group’s largest subsidiary Anthony Best Dynamics Limited is 
currently working towards ISO 14001 accreditation. 

38

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This year we now collate data on a global basis, including all our subsidiaries both in the UK and overseas. As this will increase  
the Company’s overall usage figures, we have broken down the data to provide a like-for-like comparison (for UK figures) as well  
as providing the results for the whole group.

As the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly reduced both local and international travel, the figures for 2020 and 2021 will be  
artificially low.

AB Dynamics plc energy consumption and emissions:

UK

Scope 1: Direct emissions from owned/controlled operations

Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the use of electricity

Scope 3: Emissions from sources which we do not own and include business 
travel, water consumption etc. 

Total emissions

UK
FY 2020

138.81

132.22

240.29

511.32

UK
FY 2021

127.73

147.44

Group *
FY 2021

411.21

545.63

53.32

162.99

328.49

1,119.83

tCO²e

tCO²e

tCO²e

tCO²e

Underlying energy consumption used to calculate emissions

kWh

1,168,699

1,391,416

3,197,215

Revenue (£m)

Intensity ratio

47.6

10.7

44.9

7.3

65.4

17.1

Notes: Vadotech and Zynit only joined the Group in March as such the Group data only includes their emissions data for March to August. Source data (meter readings) have 
been used wherever possible; where this is not available this has been supplemented by billed data and a small amount of estimated data. Appropriate conversion factors have 
been used to calculate the underlying energy consumption figures; all UK Conversion Factors were taken from the UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting 2020 issued by the Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy & Department for Environment Food & Rural Affairs. These factors were also used in the main 
for our overseas companies except for emissions from electricity and/or gas where conversion factors were taken from the US Environmental Protection Agency for our US 
Subsidiaries or other on-line factor conversion tools such as Carbon Footprint Ltd, Kyles Converter.com and unearthtools.com for our other subsidiaries. Certain data, estimated 
to be immaterial to the Group’s emissions, have been omitted as it has not been practical to obtain (use of certain types of public transport: buses/tubes/rail). Metering and 
monitoring improvements continue to be implemented to capture and improve the Company’s data stream. Previously the carbon figures published related to AB Dynamics plc 
and Anthony Best Dynamic Limited (a large unquoted company) only, their emissions were divided by the total Group revenue to create the intensity ratio (tCO2e per £m) 
published in our Annual Report last year. However, now we are collating data for the Group we have corrected the prior year’s intensity ratio to the Revenue of Anthony Best 
Dynamics Limited only (as recorded in their statutory accounts) to allow for appropriate like-for-like comparison. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

39

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Health and safety 
We believe that the focus on safety is essential to delivering a 
high-performing, open and constructive safety culture. This year 
the Group has standardised key processes and procedures 
across its subsidiaries. As part of the Company’s global subsidiary 
governance framework, each subsidiary is now required to 
manage its Health and Safety measures and activities in line with 
the Group’s methodology. Whilst the Chief Executive Officer 
(supported by the senior management in the Group) has overall 
responsibility for Health and Safety across the Group, the 
management of each operating business is required to comply 
with the processes and procedures disseminated by the Group 
and report on their activities on a quarterly basis. 

This way the Group can actively promote a strong safety culture, 
striving to instil the same safe working principles in every employee 
wherever they are and in whichever Group business they work. 

Health and safety governance

The Board is committed to driving a strong safety culture 
throughout the Group and it delegates authority to drive safety 
processes, systems and improvements through the Executive 
Committee (Excom) to local subsidiary management. The Group 
demands that each employee carries responsibility for their own 
personal safety and those around them thus creating collective 
responsibility for ensuring health and safety standards are met 
and continually improved upon. 

Nevertheless, local management teams are accountable for 
observing the health and safety methodology set by the Group, 
with each manager having received appropriate briefings on 
these requirements; and ensuring compliance with local 
regulatory requirements, culture and specific business needs. 

The key requirements of the Group’s methodology can be 
summarised as follows: 

•  Ensure Health and Safety is on the agenda for every monthly 

management meeting to address any identified issues, ensure 
a process of continuous improvement is in place and to drive a 
strong safety culture

•  Create a Health and Safety Committee (if they do not 

already have one) and hold Health and Safety Committee 
meetings quarterly 

•  Ensure that each committee has at least one trained, 

competent person who is certified to a recognised standard 
in the territory in which the business operates 

•  Fully investigate all incidents and ensure corrective actions and 
preventative measures are put in place to make certain that 
the incident does not reoccur, and future risks are mitigated
•  Report to the Chief Executive Officer four times a year (within 
two weeks of each Committee meeting), providing a paper 
which summarises the findings of this process and each 
company’s Health and Safety statistics

COVID-19 response

The Group has continued its operations during the ongoing 
global COVID-19 pandemic with minimal disruption. The changes 
made to working practices included the introduction of a suite of 
new measures and safety guidelines and most notably working-
from-home for employees and these have remained in place for 
much of the year.

Risk assessments, which were conducted by each of the Group’s 
subsidiaries at the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, have been 
revised and reissued to employees regularly throughout the year, 
to make sure the Group is keeping pace with the changing 
environment, and changing governmental advice.

As the Group operates manufacturing and production facilities 
and track-based testing sites, a limited number of staff were not 
able to work from home and continued to visit or be based at our 
premises during the year. Where staff remained on site, each 
subsidiary undertook their own revisions to risk assessments 
dependent on location and types of activity.

With the easing of government restrictions in a number of the 
Group’s locations, many of our staff are now returning to the 
office on a phased basis. The Group continues to monitor staff 
safety and wellbeing and regularly reviews latest governmental 
advice to ensure the workplace risks are minimised to a level as 
low as reasonably practicable. 

Social
The health and safety of our employees is of paramount 
importance, particularly during these challenging times, and 
we work hard to ensure all our people are safe, whether they are 
working from home, working in our premises, or working with our 
customers. We are also committed to providing a fair, equal and 
inclusive environment for all our people.

Our corporate responsibility programme continues to have high 
levels of engagement and support by Group employees. One of 
the principles of our programme is to create close relationships 
between our people and the communities where we live and 
work, above and beyond the act of giving money. 

Our business understands the value of people interacting with 
others, and that is a principle we have applied to the communities 
and charities we support. This means sharing our time and our 
expertise as well as supporting initiatives with funding. 

We do support fundraising and make charitable donations as 
well, but it is a principle of our programme that we want the 
Group and its subsidiaries and employees to be at the heart of 
our communities. We aim to be an active contributor to society, 
helping to engage and inspire the next generation of our 
workforce and positively impact those around us. 

We believe that long-term relationships and partnerships are 
more beneficial for our associates than intermittent, ad-hoc or 
one-off giving, and you will see this is reflected in our continuing 
work with the University of Bath, Smallpeice Trust, Mission 
Motorsport and WES (Women’s Engineering Society). 

40

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Health and safety continued
Health and safety reporting

The table below provides a summary of the Group’s health and 
safety statistics. Most injuries are minor and relate to manual 
handling, cuts and/or abrasions, the majority of which were dealt 
with by locally trained first aiders. All first aid cases are regularly 
reviewed and where trends are identified, further control 
measures are introduced to reduce risk and prevent recurrence.

Average employees

Reportable incidents

Lost time incidents

Near misses

Minor injury (FAC)*

Injury rate per (FAC)* 
100 employees

*  FAC means First Aid Cases.

2021 

333 

2020

275

2019

181

2018

128

2017

97

—

—

15

13

—

—

9

13

—

—

13

14

—

—

7

9

—

—

4

5

3.9

4.7

7.7

7.0

5.2

Near miss reporting figures continue to increase and the 
proactive reporting of such events is actively encouraged to 
prevent unwanted incidents from happening. 

The Group is proud to maintain its record of no reportable 
incidents (under UK RIDDOR rules) and no lost time incidents. 
The overall injury rate per 100 employees has consistently 
reduced since 2019. The injury rate is currently measured against 
first aid or medical treatment cases that did not result in a lost 
time injury or reportable incident. 

People potential
As a technology-led organisation the Group recognises that our 
ability to attract and retain people with critical skill sets is a key 
driver in enabling us to deliver on our strategic goals. To help 
enable this the Board is committed to ensuring that all employees 
can operate in a workplace that is safe, inclusive, welcomes 
diversity and offers everyone the opportunity to develop to their 
full potential. In addition, implementing a framework to align 
individual objectives with Group strategy helps empower 
employees in their day-to-day activities. The Board believes that 
these working practices maintain employee morale, support team 
working and are a further driver in achieving the Group’s 
performance goals and business objectives. 

Engagement and communication

The Group recognises the importance of communicating with all 
staff to help maintain trust and confidence between all parties. 
This is achieved by various formal processes and ad-hoc actions 
throughout the year. On a formal basis, meetings are held 
throughout the year between employees and their line managers 
to ensure that personal objectives are aligned with Group strategy 
and to formally identify development needs and career 
aspirations. Based on local requirements, weekly and monthly 
management team meetings are held to provide a forum for 
company updates. Internal announcements are issued on a 
regular basis and include business updates, guidance on 
maintaining a safe working environment and matters of general 
interest. The Group’s website is used for the distribution of 
preliminary and interim announcements and press releases. 

To further support staff engagement all employees have been 
invited to participate in staff surveys. This consists of a baseline 
survey to be undertaken on an annual basis and then followed by 
regular pulse surveys throughout each year. Information obtained 
will be reviewed at a local management and Group level and results 
communicated to all employees. Relevant action plans will be 
developed and implemented to help address areas of concern and 
the effects of these actions will be tracked by ongoing pulse surveys. 

During the year a significant piece of work was undertaken to 
develop the Vison and Values of the Group. The Group is 
undergoing significant change and focus was required to further 
develop our staff engagement activities and ensure that working 
for the Group continues to be a positive experience for all 
employees. An external consultant was engaged to facilitate the 
process and work with a project team made up of representatives 
from across the business to formally articulate what we stand for 
as a business and how we expect everyone to behave in their 
day-to-day responsibilities and interactions with colleagues, 
customers, suppliers and local communities. Embedding the 
values across the Group will be one of the key actions for the 
coming year. 

 See page 42 for more detail on the Group’s Vision and Values

 “ The Group is undergoing 
significant change and 
focus was required to 
further develop our staff 
engagement activities 
and ensure that working 
for the Group continues 
to be a positive experience 
for all employees”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

41

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Building on our 
Vision and Values

Providing world class innovative automation and vehicle application solutions 
created sustainably with passion by our people, delivering excellent products 
and services to our partners.

01

Customers
We create valuable 
partnerships with our 
customers through 
collaboration to understand 
and deliver their requirements.

02

People
We empower people by 
supporting and challenging 
each other to thrive. Integrity 
and respect are at the forefront 
of everything we do.

03

Diversity
We recognise the importance 
of strengthening, improving 
and enriching our culture and 
practices through diverse 
opinions, skills and people.

04

Innovation
We inspire creativity by giving 
people the space to challenge 
the ‘now’ and engineer for 
the future.

05

Excellence
We are never satisfied with the 
status quo. We invest in our 
people, products and 
processes by encouraging 
learning and  
self-enrichment to deliver 
world class services and 
products to our customers.

06

Responsibility
We enable a culture of 
personal ownership and 
commitment to ourselves, our 
customers, our shareholders 
and the environment. We are 
always looking for 
opportunities to improve the 
sustainability of our operations.

42

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

People potential continued
Recruitment, training and education

Attracting and retaining key talent is critical to maintaining our market 
position and enables us to deliver on our ambitious growth plans. 
By reorganising our recruitment practices we have had significant 
success with improved candidate experience, reduced time to hire 
and improved cultural fit of new hires. In addition, significant cost 
savings have been achieved, further contributing to operating 
performance. Due to the large number of new employees and the 
impact of the acquisition of Vadotech, average length of service 
has reduced slightly to five years. 

All employees have the opportunity to benefit from discretionary 
performance-based bonus with the exception of some employees 
within recent acquisitions.

The Group remains committed to retaining key staff and supporting 
their ongoing career development. The talent mapping and 
succession planning process implemented in the previous financial 
year has continued and helped enable a significant proportion of 
employees to take on wider responsibilities either through formal 
promotional opportunities or growth in current roles. Retention rates 
within this group have improved and are below the Group average. 

The career development of our engineering resources has been 
identified as a key area of focus and a structured engineering 
career path has been prepared and communicated to employees 
within our largest subsidiary. This documents the responsibilities 
and performance requirements of all grades within our 
engineering teams, how individuals can progress their career and 
will further support the identification of development needs. In 
future this will be implemented across the Group.

The challenges of COVID-19 have restricted the organisation of 
development activities but were in part mitigated by offering 
on-line and distance learning solutions. Courses taken during the 
year included: Leadership Skills, Project Management, Performance 
Management, Lean Six Sigma Green Belt training, Presentation 
skills, Finance for Non-Financial Managers, Mental Health in the 
Workplace, Certified ScrumMaster, Anti-Bribery, Cyber Security 
Awareness, Display Screen Equipment (DSE), Modern Slavery, 
Supplier Audit, Performance Management, Mental Health First Aid, 
Working Safely, Fork Lift Truck basic and refresher, Excel, Logistics 
& Transport, Trailer towing, First Aid, First Aid refresher, Crane training, 
Non-UK Employee Visa, Internal Auditor training, CE Marking, CE 
Technical, SpecFlow, HNC Electrical Engineering, HNC Mechanical 
Engineering, Root Cause Analysis and Employment Law. 

Investment in future staff has continued with ten graduate 
engineers joining us and despite the restrictions of COVID-19, four 
individuals joined as interns. As several employees completed 
their apprenticeships and transitioned into permanent full-time 
roles, overall apprentice numbers have reduced and we are in the 
process of recruiting to fill these opportunities. 

Gender diversity

The Group’s employment policies and practices remain based on 
non-discrimination and equal opportunities. Whilst ability and 
aptitude remain the determining factors in the selection, training, 
career development and promotion of all employees, the Group 
is conscious that there remain inherent disadvantages for women 
in engineering. Therefore, we have chosen to continue as a 
Corporate Partner to the Women’s Engineering Society (WES). 
Actions taken to increase our profile within the membership and 
help facilitate opportunities have included targeted job 
advertisements to women, membership of WES for all female 
engineers, internal networking events for all females, judging the 
WES 2021 Top 50 in Engineering: Engineering Heroes (WE50) 
and the mentoring of students who are considering a career in 
engineering. With the easing of COVID-19 restrictions we will 
continue our support for female engineers with ongoing 
initiatives with WES and other related groups.

The Board recognises the importance of gender diversity and 
has been working to improve its gender mix.

A significant proportion of the Group’s workforce are engineers 
and technicians. As advised by Engineering UK, only 12% of 
engineers are female; therefore the Group remains above average 
for our industry with women representing 18% of our overall 
workforce. Within the senior management team, the proportion 
of female representation is at 20% while the Group Board is at 40%.

Set out below is an analysis of the Group’s employees by 
gender in October each year:

Board

Senior 
management 
team

All staff

P  
82+
P  
83+
P  
60+

  Male 2021: 60%
 2020: 67%
2019: 100% 

  Male 2021: 80%
2020: 80%
2019: 85% 

  Male 2021: 82%
2020: 81%
2019: 83% 

 Female 2021: 40% 
2020: 33%
2019: 0%

 Female 2021: 20% 
2020: 20%
2019: 15%

 Female 2021: 18% 
2020: 19%
2019: 17%

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

43

40
+
+
P
 
 
 
 
17
+
+
P
 
 
 
 
18
+
+
P
 
 
 
 
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Community and 
corporate social 
responsibility

Whilst the ESG Committee has overall responsibility for 
CSR across the Group, the management of each operating 
business is now expected to comply with the Group’s strategy 
and maintain detailed records of their engagement with their 
communities and the activities they have undertaken. 

The Company’s CSR strategy, which sets the objectives and 
focus of Group CSR efforts, remains largely unchanged. 
CSR activities are required to meet at least two of the 
following four core criteria:

Local 
community

Corporate Social 
Responsibility

Commitment  
to the Armed 
Forces

Participation  
in our industry

Participation 
and diversity  
in STEM

Historically, the Group’s Corporate Social Responsibility 
(CSR) activities have been focused around the Group’s 
largest subsidiary in Bradford on Avon. However, over the last 
two years our organisation has expanded with legal entities 
in over seven countries and global presence which spreads 
much further. As the former UK-centric approach is no 
longer appropriate, the Group has resolved to standardise 
key processes and procedures across its subsidiaries and 
thereby encourage them to take a more active role. In line 
with the Group’s global subsidiary governance framework, 
each subsidiary is now encouraged to manage and promote 
its own CSR, becoming more involved in the communities 
local to them, the results of this decision will become 
available in the next financial year. In the meantime, the 
Group has continued to make donations towards several 
charitable and fundraising activities, primarily in support of 
STEM related institutions, and participate in events (where 
possible) with a focus on the South West of England, where 
the Group is headquartered. 

44

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Community and corporate social responsibility 
continued
This year, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our 
communities has been significant and consequently it has 
never been more important to remain involved and committed 
to supporting the communities within which we operate. 
However, whilst restrictions remained in place throughout the 
majority of the year, we were not able to undertake many of the 
community-based activities in which we would normally engage. 
We have not been able to attend careers fairs (for students or 
veterans), nor have we been able to support work experience 
placements. Nevertheless, we have sought out alternative 
methods for our corporate social activity.

Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics 
(STEM) in schools and universities 
The Group continues its engagement with the workforce of 
tomorrow through its collaborations with schools and universities. 

Sadly, due to the continuing COVID-19 pandemic we were not 
able to offer work experience to our local schools or attend any 
careers fairs. However, the Group has sought to promote STEM in 
schools using alternative methods. The Smallpeice Trust ‘Think 
Kits’ discussed below, are an example of this modified approach. 

Smallpeice Trust 

This charity provides opportunities for corporate partners to 
sponsor educational and development experiences across a wide 
range of engineering sectors.

As residential courses were again curtailed by the COVID-19 
pandemic, the Group decided to sponsor a number of local schools 
to run their own STEM clubs using the Smallpeice Trust’s Think Kits. 
Each Think Kit comes with the tools and resources to start or help 
sustain a STEM Club for up to 20 students. Every kit complements 
the National Curriculum in science, technology, engineering and 
mathematics, allowing students to sharpen their skills in thinking, 
communicating ideas and responding creatively to briefs. 

This year the Group provided Think Kits to the following local schools 
in the UK:

•  Matravers School
•  The Clarendon Academy
•  The John of Gaunt School 
•  St Laurance School

Arkwright Scholarships 

In the last year the Group has sponsored an Arkwright Engineering 
Scholarship. These scholarships are designed to inspire students 
to pursue their dreams and change the world as a future leader in 
engineering. Following our engagement with Arkwright, we were 
asked if any of our employees would consider becoming mentors 
for the scheme. Six of our engineers put themselves forward, and 
four were successfully appointed as mentors. 

Cheadle Hulme School 

F1 in Schools Ltd create an exciting yet challenging educational 
experience through the magnetic appeal of Formula 1. F1 in 
Schools is a truly global educational programme that raises 
awareness of STEM and Formula 1 among students and school 
children in every region, in every country, on every continent. 
Spanning age ranges of 9 to 19, the objective is to help change 
the perceptions of STEM by creating a fun and exciting learning 
environment for young people to develop an informed view 
about careers in engineering, Formula 1, science, marketing and 
technology. This year the Group sponsored a team of students 
to participate in the UK competition.

Win/Win for the 
University of Bath Racing
This year the Group has benefited from a steady supply of 
young fresh talent from the University of Bath through the 
relationships we formed during our sponsorship of their 
Formula Student and Electric Race Teams. These include: 
a Project Manager, Systems Engineer and Project Engineer 
(who joined in March, September and October 2021 
respectively) and a one-year electrical engineering 
placement who joined the Company in September 2021.

This is an excellent demonstration of how Community 
engagement can benefit all of the participants.

Cheadle Hulme School’s car for F1 in Schools

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FIRST® LEGO® League 

The FIRST® LEGO® League Challenge is a global STEM programme 
for teams of young people, to encourage an interest in real world 
themes and develop key skills that are crucial for their future 
careers. Young people work together to explore a given topic and 
to design, build and programme an autonomous LEGO® robot to 
solve a series of missions. This year we sponsored a group of 
local students who won the regional competition going through 
to the national play-offs and whilst they didn’t win the national 
competition, they were awarded the judges’ award (see picture).

Women in STEM
Women’s Engineering Society 

This year the Group has continued its association with Women’s 
Engineering Society (WES). Membership to WES has been offered 
to all female engineers and technicians within the UK businesses. 
We have also utilised their job posting board to target the 
recruitment of more female engineers and encourage diversity 
within the business. Following the easing of restrictions for the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the Group Headquarters held a very 
successful Women In Engineering networking lunch which 
was well attended.

University of Bath Formula Student race car

Armed Forces –  
Mission Motorsport 

The Group has continued its commitment to supporting the 
Armed Forces Community, which has a significant and growing 
presence in and around Wiltshire in the UK where the Group is 
headquartered. Unfortunately, we were not able to attend any 
careers fairs during the year due to the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Nevertheless, the Group continues its support for the charity 
Mission Motorsport, which aids the recovery and rehabilitation 
of wounded, injured or sick military services personnel through 
participation in motorsport. Through engineering, the charity 
helps to adapt the vehicle, not the sport, allowing disabled drivers 
to compete on a level playing field. The charity also provides 
dedicated career managers to participants having placed over 
200 service leavers back into employment.

Networking lunch at AB Dynamics HQ

Regional prizes awarded by FIRST® LEGO® League

University of Bath 

The Group renewed its sponsorship of the University of Bath’s 
Formula Student race team. Steph Hines, one of our project 
managers, also judged the Formula Student Event held at 
Silverstone in July 2021 across the three days. 

Sponsorship of the University of Bath – Team Bath Racing Electric

The Group’s sponsorship of the University of Bath Racing Electric 
team continued over two financial years (March 2020 – March 
2021). During this period, we provided technical assistance and 
donated parts and equipment. The Group intends to renew our 
gold level sponsorship for 2022.

46

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AB Dynamics plc expects high standards of commercial 
confidentiality from the suppliers it engages with, as the 
protection of information and the physical assets of the Group 
and our customers is an important part of what we do. Before 
suppliers are selected, checks are undertaken to make sure they 
are ‘fit for purpose’ and able to meet our high standards and 
contractual requirements. If any risks are identified, the Group 
works with suppliers to address them. 

Prompt payment 

We understand the importance of predictable payments when 
operating a business and encourage good practice across the 
Group. When entering into new agreements for the supply of 
goods and/or services, our subsidiaries are responsible for 
agreeing appropriate payment terms. Group companies are 
encouraged to abide by the payment terms they have agreed, so 
long as they are satisfied that the supplier has provided the goods 
or services in accordance with the agreed terms and conditions.

COVID-19 supply risk 

During the COVID-19 pandemic the Company has worked closely 
with our supply chain to determine the impact of COVID-19 on their 
business to mitigate the ongoing effects. We have not identified 
any material supply chain risks that cannot be managed and/or 
mitigated, however, we maintain an open channel of communication 
with our suppliers to make sure this remains the case. 

Governance 
We are committed to ensuring that the behaviours and practices 
of our organisation, including those within our supply chains, 
reflect our own high business standards and compliance with 
applicable laws and standards. To bring to life our commitment 
to good governance and compliance, we have set out below 
examples of how we apply our standards of good governance to 
our supplier relationships. We have a zero-tolerance approach to 
slavery and human trafficking, and bribery and corruption within 
our workforce, and endeavour to set the same robust 
expectations in relation to our supply chain and associates.

Ethical, diverse and robust supply chains
Whilst the interactions with shareholders are wholly managed 
by AB Dynamics plc, our communications and relationships 
with customers, suppliers and advisers are managed within 
each subsidiary by senior management, and the Group expects 
the same high standards of expertise and business principles to 
be maintained in such dealings. 

Our aim is to ensure that there is consistency across our 
international entities, to enable us to monitor compliance. 
We have chosen to operate under a centralised, head office-
controlled framework but devolve responsibility for compliance 
within this framework to operating divisional or jurisdictional 
management, with the aim of global harmonisation around local 
requirements and legislation.

Supplier due diligence 

Suppliers are selected for audit based on supply chain risk 
assessments. Throughout the course of the year, these audits 
assess each supplier’s approach to human rights, data protection, 
modern slavery, health, safety and environmental issues amongst 
other matters. 

 “ We are committed 
to ensuring that the 
behaviours and practices of 
our organisation, including 
those within our supply 
chains, reflect our own high 
business standards and 
compliance with applicable 
laws and standards”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

47

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Commercial integrity/business ethics
We are committed to ensuring that the behaviours and practices 
of our organisation, including those within our supply chains, 
reflect our own high business standards and compliance with 
applicable laws and standards. We strive to conduct business 
honestly, openly and with integrity, as this approach will support 
our long-term success and sustainability.

We hold our leaders accountable for ensuring their businesses 
operate according to the strict ethical standards we expect. We 
have in place a series of Group policies forming a global subsidiary 
governance framework to guide our actions and those of our 
employees, suppliers and partners to ensure good governance and 
ethical behaviour across our Group. These policies include Human 
Rights, Anti-bribery, Modern Slavery, Conflicts of Interest, Competition 
and Anti-trust. These policies can be located on our website. 

Anti-bribery and corruption

We have a Group-wide policy on anti-bribery and corruption 
which has been circulated to every member of staff globally 
through the Company’s HR portals or QMS systems. Employees 
receive on-line training on the core subject matter to improve 
their understanding of the Group’s requirements and embed 
compliance. The policy and training are available in four 
languages (the key languages spoken across the Group).

Whistleblowing 

Whilst we believe we have a robust framework in place and a 
commitment to doing the right thing, where these high standards 
have not been met, we encourage our workforce to speak up 
and come forward. Through the implementation of our 
Whistleblowing Policy and an on-line whistleblowing hotline 
through EQS Group, employees are encouraged to raise any 
concerns anonymously through a third-party tool to an 
independent Non-Executive director of the Group. This way the 
Board aims to encourage openness and will support staff who 
raise genuine concerns in good faith under this policy, even if 
they turn out to be mistaken. All reports made through this tool 
shall continue to be investigated in line with the Group’s policy. 
No whistleblowing reports were received during the period.

Human rights and modern slavery

The Group aims to manage and mitigate the risks associated 
with potential human rights breaches and modern slavery and 
to ensure we have transparency across our subsidiaries, via the 
implementation of standardised policies and methodologies forming 
part of the Group’s global subsidiary governance framework. 

At a high level, appropriate governance and oversight is maintained 
through our new ESG Committee with the overall objective of 
ensuring good governance, oversight and monitoring of our supply 
chain and supplier relationships. Local management teams remain 
accountable for: observing the operational approach set by the 
Group, with each manager having received appropriate briefings 
on these requirements; and ensuring compliance with local 
regulatory requirements, culture and specific business needs.

Underpinning this approach are robust policies and procedures, 
together with appropriate training, which gives our workforce and 
other business partners guidance on breaches of human rights 
standards (such as human trafficking, child labour) and modern 
slavery and the measures we take to tackle such issues within 
our organisation and supply chain. 

We continue to believe that our exposure to the risks of human 
rights abuses and modern slavery is low within our business 
and supply chain, and we are confident that the policies and 
procedures that we have in relation to anti-slavery and human 
trafficking are in compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 
and our public statement, to this effect, is available on the 
AB Dynamics plc website (www.abdplc.com). Further, our 
internal policies in relation to Human Rights and Modern Slavery 
are published in English on our website and are available locally 
for our workforce in four languages.

Diversity policy and approach 

The Board believes providing an inclusive and supportive 
environment allows the Group to benefit from the variety of 
experience, backgrounds and viewpoints that a diverse workforce 
can bring. For more detail of the Group’s initiatives in relation to 
diversity, see People potential on pages 41 to 43. The ESG 
Committee is responsible for setting the Group’s approach to 
diversity and inclusion. Our employment policies and practices 
both support and promote diversity and equal opportunities to 
ensure all employees are treated with dignity and respect, and all 
staff are provided with a safe, secure and healthy environment in 
which to work, regardless of where in the world they are located. 
The Group-wide policy can be located on the Company’s website.

48

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Commercial integrity/business ethics continued 
Insider trading/employee share dealing

The Group has a strict Share Dealing Policy covering insider 
trading/inside information, the AIM Rules and Market Abuse 
Regulations which apply to the Group and individuals. This policy 
is circulated to all individuals who qualify for share options and 
who fall within the categories of insiders, PDMRs and restricted 
persons, and recipients are asked to sign to demonstrate their 
acceptance of these terms. Furthermore, in accordance with the 
Market Abuse Regulations of the Financial Conduct Authority, 
employees subject to this policy are required to seek the approval 
of the Chief Executive Officer or Group Company Secretary 
before dealing in its shares.

Trade compliance, international sanctions and embargoes

The Company continues to monitor and review compliance 
across the Group’s businesses in connection with international 
sanctions. This year the Company has decided to formalise its 
due diligence in this field and has procured the use of the Dow 
Jones Risk Management tool. Dow Jones Risk and Compliance is 
a global provider of regulatory compliance and risk management 
solutions, their tool allows the Group to perform comprehensive 
due diligence on customers, suppliers, agents and other third 
parties in relation to money laundering, sanctions, anti-bribery 
and corruption and international trade finance.

 “ The Board believes providing 
an inclusive and supportive 
environment allows the Group 
to benefit from the variety of 
experience, backgrounds and 
viewpoints that a diverse 
workforce can bring”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

49

S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Engaging with our stakeholders

Customers
AB Dynamics works with the biggest names in the 
automotive industry (including OEMs, proving grounds 
and motorsport teams). 

By focusing on their needs, we aim to improve our 
performance and build our relationships to promote 
the success of the Group.

Aims and objectives
•  Delivery – on time and on budget
•  Safety
•  Value
•  Relationships
•  Quality
•  Service and support

Why we engage
Understanding our customers underpins the success 
of our business. Regular engagement ensures that the 
Group continues to operate with a ‘customer first’ attitude. 
We see customer satisfaction as an important aspect of 
our Group performance overall. This enables us to identify 
any changes required to our services and to deliver 
continuous improvements.

How AB Dynamics engages with its stakeholders
•  Regular contact through key account managers and 

support engineers

•  Programme of webinars
•  Attendance at industry events
•  Customer surveys

50
50

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Industry bodies
Industry bodies play an important role in promoting best 
practice, informing public policies and regulations, and developing 
standards. AB Dynamics works with several bodies globally.

Aims and objectives
•  Safety in the community
•  Focus research to improve safety
•  Environmental performance
•  Global improvement of industry standards
•  Human factors

Why we engage
In the complex and fast-moving automotive area, which is driven 
by innovation, data technologies, customer demand and budget 
constraints, policymakers and regulators face tremendous 
challenges to formulate effective, evidence-based and future-
proof standards that improve safety, enhance environmental 
performance and serve the public interest. Productive 
engagement with industry bodies and trade associations is 
increasingly necessary and enables the Group to keep abreast 
of changes in the industry and lead our sector to make real 
improvements in both safety and environmental performance.

How AB Dynamics engages with its stakeholders
•  We are members or engage with over 18 industry bodies, 
including research organisations, certification and/or 
standards committees in the UK, Europe, the USA, Asia 
and Australia

•  Chair of various committees related to motorcycle and 

passenger car safety and human factors

•  Attendance at industry events
•  Speakers at industry events

Investors
The support of our investors is vital to the long-term 
performance and success of the Group. 

Aims and objectives
•  Financial performance 
•  Governance
•  People and culture
•  ESG initiatives and environmental management

Why we engage
As an AIM listed company it is important to provide our 
shareholders with reliable, timely and transparent 
information. Our shareholders are constantly evaluating 
their portfolios and considering their exposure in our stock. 
To maintain a loyal shareholder base, it is important that we 
keep them well informed. We provide them with information 
to ensure their understanding of the business is up to date 
and enable them to make informed decisions.

How AB Dynamics engages with its stakeholders
•  Annual Report and Accounts
•  AGM
•  Group website: www.abdplc.com
• 
Investor roadshows
•  Results presentations
•  Stock exchange announcements
• 

Investor visits and ad-hoc meetings and correspondence 
throughout the year

•  Open days

S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors act in a manner that they consider, in good faith, to 
be most likely to promote the long-term success of the Company 
for the benefit of the shareholders as a whole, while having 
regard for all individual stakeholders. We summarise what has 

been considered in these tables and provide more specific 
information on pages 52 to 53 regarding the actions taken 
and how this has been achieved.

Employees
With around 400 employees spread across the globe, the 
engagement and commitment of our employees is key to 
the Group’s resilience and continuing success.

Supply chains
Our external supply chains are an integral part of our 
business and effective engagement with our suppliers 
is an essential element of our ability to perform.

Aims and objectives
•  Remuneration and reward 
•  Employee training and development
•  Company reputation
•  Health and safety
•  Diversity and inclusion
•  Employees’ wellbeing
•  Talent management

Why we engage
Our strength is in the products and services we provide 
through our people. As such it is important to have a strong 
culture and invest time and effort in building diverse, skilled 
and highly trained teams.

Inductions

How AB Dynamics engages with its stakeholders
•  Through sector and business unit line managers
• 
•  Employee training
•  HSE reviews
•  Support women in engineering
•  Staff engagement survey
•  Vision and Values project
•  Community outreach
•  Regular presentations on strategy and Group performance

Aims and objectives
•  Good working relationships 
•  Supply chain resilience
•  Prompt payment
•  Quality and reliability

Why we engage
Our suppliers provide a range of parts and services. 
The smooth functioning of our business depends upon the 
performance of those suppliers as such regular engagement 
ensures that we can maintain good relationships, and that 
the business, and its customers, are not exposed to 
unnecessary risks.

How AB Dynamics engages with its stakeholders
•  Provision of Group policies to suppliers
•  Supplier conferences and workshops
•  Supplier due diligence
•  Supplier quality assurance
•  Ensure prompt payment of suppliers in accordance 

with agreed terms and conditions 

Communities
The Group has long-term links with some of the communities 
within which it operates, most notably Bradford on Avon and 
the counties of Somerset and Wiltshire (UK), where we are 
headquartered and around half of our employees are based.

Aims and objectives
•  Support our local communities
•  Encourage participation and diversity within STEM 

environment

•  Encourage participation within our industry segment
•  Demonstrate our commitment to the Armed Forces

Why we engage
We see ourselves as part of the communities in which we 
live and work. Our active contribution and engagement with 
those communities is an important part of who we are. Although 
our efforts this year have been curtailed by the COVID-19 
pandemic, we have innovated and changed our approach to 
engagement to make sure we can continue our efforts.

Considering the impact of our actions as a business on the wider 
interests of society is an important part of being a responsible 
business. As investors, our decisions can have a wider 
impact and we take our stewardship responsibilities seriously.

How ABD engages with its stakeholders
•  Sponsorship and charitable donations
•  Employee volunteering
•  University partnerships
•  STEM Ambassadors
•  Armed Forces Covenant, policy and career fairs 

(when possible)

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

51
51

S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

How the Group fulfilled its S172 duties

Customers
As a consequence of the continuing COVID-19 pandemic we have spent less time, physically 
face-to-face, with our customers than we would expect in a normal year. Therefore the Company 
has executed several adjustments to the way we do business, so our engagement with our 
customers, both potential and existing, could continue uninterrupted. We have worked closely 
with our global network of sales offices and partners and have moved most of our communications 
to a virtual approach, which facilitated face-to-face engagement without the need for travel. 
We have been able to hold sales demonstrations virtually, allowing us to both demonstrate our 
range of driving robots and ADAS platforms using multiple camera angles and making the 
control software visible to participants, and which facilitates immediate feedback from our 
customers. Although this does not give customers the visceral sensations they would get from 
a practical demonstration, it does allow customers to watch how tests are set up and performed, 
and how data can be reviewed afterwards; this approach received a very positive reaction.

Following delivery of the equipment, we also relied on video calls to provide user training; 
previously always delivered in person. On-line training allowed new customers to get up and 
running and to ask questions and try out their new equipment with our guidance. Whilst this 
was by no means a perfect substitute to training delivered in person, we were able to perform 
demonstrations and enable our customers to continue their activities without interruption, 
which they considered invaluable. 

With the help of our sales channels, we ensured regular contact was maintained with key accounts 
around the world, despite the physical interruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Many 
of our customers continued almost uninterrupted with the use of their equipment, although 
others endured a period of enforced downtime. In the past twelve months we saw a strong 
influx of repeat business from our existing customer base, demonstrating that we succeeded 
in maintaining customer satisfaction despite the challenges of COVID-19.

Investors/shareholder engagement 
The Company’s investor relations are managed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer with the support and assistance of the Company’s broker. The Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer engage with shareholders throughout our reporting cycles, 
and during the course of the year at presentations to institutional shareholders, private client 
brokers and investment analysts, at meetings (virtual and in person) and (where possible) 
through site visits with existing and prospective institutional and other investors at which 
attendees have an opportunity to meet with senior management in the Group and gain a better 
understanding of the businesses’ product portfolios, although such opportunities were limited 
during the year. Following the announcement of the Group’s Annual Report and the Interim 
Statement, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer undertake roadshows to 
engage with investors and invite feedback on the Company’s results and strategy for the future. 
The Board remains committed to communicating openly with shareholders to ensure that its 
strategy and performance are clearly understood by all. Whilst the Annual General Meeting was 
a closed event due to the restrictions in place for the COVID-19 pandemic, investors were 
invited to submit questions prior to the event to facilitate communications. The Company maintains 
regular contact with major shareholders and actively encourages communications with smaller 
investors providing contact details on its website and on all announcements released via RNS. 
In addition, investor relations queries may be routed via the Group’s broker, Peel Hunt LLP, or its 
financial PR agency, Tulchan Communications. 

The Group also maintains a specific website for investors (www.abdplc.com) which contains 
information on the Group’s businesses, corporate information and specific disclosures required 
under AIM Rules and the QCA Code. It contains up-to-date information for shareholders, which 
includes the Annual Report and Accounts for the past nine years (since its admission to AIM), 
a link to current share price information, and all announcements released via RNS. The 
website also contains factual data on the Group’s businesses, products and services and 
links to press releases.

52

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Employees
Engagement with our employees remains a priority for the 
Group as we believe this helps maintain trust and confidence 
between all parties, especially with the backdrop of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. Communications occur both on a 
formal basis and ad-hoc throughout the year. Meetings are 
held throughout the year between employees and their line 
managers to ensure that personal objectives are aligned with 
Group strategy, and this allows the business to formally 
identify development needs and career aspirations. Weekly 
and monthly management team meetings are held to provide 
a forum for company updates. These formal scheduled 
communications provide employees with the opportunity to 
prepare and raise queries or concerns at varying levels of the 
organisation. To further facilitate ongoing engagement with 
staff all employees have been invited to participate in staff 
surveys. This consisted of a baseline survey with a view that 
regular pulse surveys could continue throughout the course 
of next year to promote an open and constructive dialogue. 
The information obtained is reviewed at a local management 
and Group level and relevant action plans developed to help 
address areas of concern. 

Supply chains
This year, we engaged more often than usual with our most 
critical suppliers during lockdown, to ensure that we understood 
any pressures they might be experiencing, and which might 
lead to changes in the associated risk for the business.

The Company has continued its visits to key suppliers, 
these have been made by both buyers and key members 
of the management team. Targets for both on time delivery 
and quality (Right First Time) remain in place and have been 
rolled out to more key suppliers throughout the course of 
the year. These have demonstrated some improved supplier 
performance despite the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company 
has made further progress on its implementation Design 
for Manufacture and Assembly (DFMA). 

The implementation of the Company’s new Enterprise Resource 
Planning (ERP) system is underway and the structuring of this 
system will allow the Company to automate several processes 
that are currently manual. This will improve many of the 
Company’s internal processes and systems. 

Communities
The Group has standardised key processes and procedures 
across its subsidiaries and is encouraging each organisation 
within the Group to take a more active role in their 
communities. The Group aims to build positive relationships 
with the communities which host its businesses, as such 
local subsidiaries are encouraged to manage and promote 
their own CSR activities in line with the Company’s global 
subsidiary governance framework, which was rolled out last 
year and trialled in the UK. 

For more information on the Company’s ESG strategy and 
details of the activities undertaken within the year, please 
see page 36. Since the implementation of the updated ESG 
strategy the Company has worked with local communities 
to transition to the new arrangements.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

53

Risk management

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Proactively identifying and managing 
risk throughout the Group

To ensure sustainable delivery of shareholder 
value, the Group has implemented a risk 
management framework and management 
structure that ensure risks are identified, 
assessed and mitigated wherever possible. 
It is recognised that certain risks are beyond 
the control of the Group; however, the Board is 
committed to the protection and enhancement 
of the assets and reputation of AB Dynamics. 

Methodology
The Board has overall responsibility for the management and 
maintenance of systems and processes to manage risk and 
ensure delivery of our strategic priorities. 

Risk management responsibility is set out in the displayed 
structure. The Audit and Risk Committee has responsibility 
for reviewing the effectiveness of the risk management 
framework and internal controls and ensures that the Group is 
in full compliance with relevant regulations and laws, supported 
by the Company Secretary. Executive Directors have 
responsibility for overall management and delivery of the 
strategy, considering the risk environment and regular review 
of the risk management framework.

Senior management within the individual operating companies is 
then responsible for identifying and recording risks, implementing 
agreed mitigation actions, compliance with Group internal 
controls and ensuring compliance with relevant local laws 
and regulations.

Although the Group does not currently have a dedicated internal 
auditor, the function of internal control is carried out by Group 
Finance, supported by the Company Secretary. Its responsibility 
is to monitor compliance and conduct or, where appropriate, 
commission specific reviews.

The Board has developed the framework to identify and manage 
risks, set the risk appetite of the Group and determine the overall 
risk tolerance levels.

A bottom-up risk analysis is undertaken considering detailed 
individual risks that fit into four main categories: strategic, 
operational, financial and compliance. This is combined with a 
strategic top-down review to ensure that all appropriate risks are 
identified, assessed and quantified. Mitigation plans and actions 
are then put in place to ensure risks are reduced to a level that is 
as low as reasonably practicable.

The risks are assessed both pre- and post-mitigation to identify 
the overall risk level based on a combination of probability of 
occurrence and the magnitude of potential consequences. 
For identified risks that are considered by the Board to be 
material, the Board monitors specific actions to mitigate 
these risks. For all other risks, the actions are implemented at 
local management level and are reviewed periodically 
by Executive Directors.

54
54

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Identify 
internal and 
external risks

Reporting

AB Dynamics Risk 
Management 
Framework 

Assess and 
quantify risks

Monitor 
effectiveness 
of mitigation 
plans

Manage and 
mitigate risk

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk management continued

 “ The acquisition of Vadotech during the year has 
increased the Group’s exposure to markets in Asia 
and foreign exchange exposure. To address this we 
have put in place local divisional management teams 
and included the foreign exchange cash flows within 
the overall treasury management”

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Executive Directors

•  Overall accountability 
for corporate risk 
management and strategy

•  Determines overall 

risk appetite

•  Reviews effectiveness 
of risk management 
framework and 
internal controls

•  Ensures compliance 

with relevant regulations 
and laws

•  Management of the Group 
and delivery of the strategy

•  Monitoring and mitigation 

of key risks

•  Regular reviews of the risk 
management framework

Internal control

•  Monitoring of compliance with 
internal controls and policies 
of the Group

•  Conducts or commissions 

specific reviews where necessary

Operating companies

• 

• 

Identify and record risks

Implementation of risk 
mitigation actions and 
compliance with internal 
controls and policies

•  Responsible for compliance 

with relevant laws and regulations

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021
AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

55
55

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Principal risks and uncertainties

Strategic

Risk
COVID-19
COVID-19 has the potential to continue to impact on supply 
chain and manufacturing and ability to deliver on site services 
to customers 

Downturn or instability in major geographic markets  
or market sectors

Adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions in key territories 
or specific automotive markets could potentially reduce or delay 
demand for the Goup’s products and services

Loss of major customers and change in  
customer procurement processes
Loss of a significant customer to competition could result in 
reduced revenues

Change in procurement processes could lead to pricing pressure

Failure to deliver new products
With industry and regulatory development, the Group needs to 
ensure new product development responds to changes in the 
market with new products delivered on time and to budget

Dependence on external routes to market
The Group uses several agents and resellers to address particular 
geographic markets:

•  Risk of reduced revenues if agreements end at short notice
•  Limited control of market pricing with resellers
•  Potential financial consequences on termination

Acquisitions integration and performance
The Group has completed several acquisitions and there is 
potential for acquisitions to not deliver the expected performance 
resulting in a potential financial impact

56

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Mitigation

Investment in ADAS and autonomy R&D required despite automotive downturn

• 
•  Global spread of sales revenue provides some protection
•  Manufacturing is spread across several sites with protective measures implemented
•  Safety stocks continue to be held and dual sourcing implemented

•  Revenue spread across a range of geographic markets
•  Active safety and autonomous vehicle technology required despite automotive downturn
•  New strategy and action plan implemented to enter adjacent markets
•  Constant monitoring of market trends, drivers and needs to ensure market leadership

•  Following the acquisition of Vadotech, the largest customer now represents 9% of Group revenues
•  Continued product development and high levels of customer service to retain key customers
•  Long-term relationships with all key customers and key account manager process in place

•  Process for identifying new product opportunities established
•  New product development process implemented 

•  Transitioned the Group to a direct sales model in key territories with offices in Germany, the USA and Japan
•  The Company will maintain agents and resellers in other territories as appropriate
•  Risks relating to financial consequences are understood and all transitions managed to minimise potential 

quantum of termination payments

•  Extensive financial, commercial and legal due diligence
•  Appropriate warranties and indemnities from sellers
•  Use of earn out deal structures to ensure management retention and incentivisation
•  Recruitment of senior management to support acquisitions, including finance
•  Close management and monitoring of business performance against budget

Change

No change

No change

Increased

No change

No change

No change

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Operational

Risk
Supply chain
The availability of key components and the logistical challenges 
to source key components has led to increased supply chain risk. 
Increased input costs leads to pressure on margins

Cybersecurity and business interruption
Risk of malicious cyber attack on Group IT systems or significant 
failure of IT infrastructure, particularly with increased remote working

Competitor actions
Competitors may develop new technologies and/or products 
which may restrict revenue growth. Competitors may establish 
physical assets in key locations

Loss of key personnel
In previous years the Group had dependence on a small number of 
key individuals Group could affect future business growth if they 
left the Company

Threat of disruptive technology
Unforeseen new and novel technology displaces the need for 
Group products and services. Simulation potentially reduces the 
volume of physical testing products

Product liability
Risk that products supplied by the Group fail in service and result in 
a claim under product liability

Mitigation

•  Dual sourcing for key components wherever possible provides mitigation for key suppliers or a tooling failure
•  Maintaining safety stock levels sufficient to protect against short-term disruption
•  Flexibility in production scheduling to mitigate any delays
•  Supply agreements secure volume and mitigate price increases
•  Price increases to customers mitigate impact on margins 

•  External audit completed during 2021 and recommended actions being implemented
•  Cyber Essentials certification achieved
• 

Implementation of a new cloud-based CRM/ERP system during 2021

• 

Implementation of enhanced security re remote access

•  Constant product and technology development
•  Monitoring of competitors and the IP/patents to ensure no infringement on Company intellectual property
•  Monitoring of competitor product launches and territory actions

Change

Increased

No change

No change

•  Expansion of staff headcount and specific actions around succession planning and talent management
•  Strong staff retention rate with average length of service of > five years with over two-thirds of employees 

No change

recruited in the last two years

•  Recruitment and training of new management
•  Broadening of the senior management team

•  Constant horizon scanning of new technologies
•  Engagement with customers and regulators to ensure we meet their current and future requirements
•  Established simulation capability and acquired rFpro to ensure the Company can address both virtual 

and real-world testing

•  Robust product development process ensuring products are safe and fit for purpose
•  Established quality system to ensure that manufactured products meet the design standard
•  Suitably qualified and experienced engineering and technology staff
•  Product liability insurance policy in place

No change

No change

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

57

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Operational continued

Risk

Mitigation

Failure to manage growth
Rapid growth places demand on the Group’s management and 
resources. Suitable facilities are required to support the current 
and forecast demand of the market. Failure to ensure adequate 
capability and capacity could result in reduced revenues  
and/or growth

Financial

Risk
Foreign currency
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to both 
transactional and translational foreign exchange risk. The Group 
is particularly exposed to the euro and US dollar. Exposure to the 
Chinese RMB and Japanese yen is expected to grow

The risk is enhanced by COVID-19 and related currency volatility 
and the recently established overseas entities

Credit risk
The Group has the potential to be exposed to bad debt risk 
from customers, however there is no history of material bad 
debt in the business

Implementation of a five-year financial model which determines requirements for people, facilities and equipment

•  Strategic priority placed on Group’s capability and capacity
• 
•  New Engineering Design Centre now completed with scope for further operating expansion
• 
Implementation of appropriate IT infrastructure through comprehensive CRM/ERP system
•  Overseas offices established in the USA, Germany and Japan to support customers and product installed base

Mitigation

•  Group finance function monitors currency exposure forecasts
•  Significant proportion of the Group’s revenues are contracted in GBP
•  Use of foreign currency contracts to hedge where appropriate

•  Risk is assessed on a case by case basis and payment terms established according to risk
•  Advance payments and letters of credit used where appropriate

Compliance

Risk

Mitigation

Intellectual property/patents
The Group utilises its intellectual property to deliver product and 
service revenue. Intellectual property theft and/or infringement 
could adversely affect product sales

Dr James Routh, Chief Executive Officer, 24 November 2021

58

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

•  The Group has patented technology where appropriate that covers the key sales territories
•  Where products are not able to be protected through patents, design features and/or encryption are used 

to protect the core IP

•  Continual review of current patent and IP status and review of new products/technology conducted to ensure 

IP is protected

Change

No change

Change

Increased

No change

Change

No change

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Governance

Governance

60 
62 
63 
75 
77 
79 
80 
87 
90 

Board of Directors
 Chairman’s introduction to corporate governance
Statement of corporate governance
Nomination Committee report
Audit and Risk Committee report
ESG Committee report
Remuneration Committee report
Directors’ report
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

59

Board of Directors

A leadership team 
creating sustainable 
shareholder value

Length of tenure

Balance of Executive and Independent 
Non-Executive Directors

  Executive 

  Non-Executive1 

1 

 Chairman was assessed as Independent 
on appointment.

  0-2 years 

  2-4 years 

  4+ years 

60+
40+
60+

Gender diversity

  Male 

  Female 

60

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

RC

N

E

E

Dr James Routh
Chief Executive Officer
Appointments:
Joined the Company and was appointed to the 
Board as an Executive Director on 1 October 2018.

RE

Skills and experience:  IND
James brings significant engineering and 
management leadership gained across 
international businesses. Prior to joining the 
Group, James was Group Managing Director at 
FTSE 250 listed Diploma PLC for six years where 
he delivered a series of successful international 
acquisitions. His previous career involved 
engineering leadership positions predominantly 
in the aerospace and defence industry, including 
senior roles at Chemring Group PLC and Cobham 
PLC. James holds a PhD in engineering and is a 
Chartered Mechanical Engineer and Fellow of 
the Institution of Mechanical Engineers.

Number of Board meetings attended:
9 of 9 

External appointments:
James is Non-Executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director at Tracsis plc.

Richard (Dick) Elsy
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointments:
Joined the Board as Non-Executive Director 
on 1 August 2020.

Chair of the Remuneration Committee from 
1 August 2020–1 July 2021.

Non-Executive Chairman (assessed as 
Independent on appointment) and Chair of 
the Nomination Committee from 1 July 2021. 

Skills and experience:  IND
Dick is a career veteran from the automotive 
industry, with the bulk of his time spent at 
Land Rover and then Jaguar, where he was 
Engineering Director. He ran Torotrak plc, and was 
CEO of the High Value Manufacturing Catapult, 
Europe’s largest advanced manufacturing 
research institution.

Most recently Dick has been chairing the Ventilator 
Challenge UK Consortium, an extraordinary 
programme to repurpose the automotive, 
motorsport and aero industries to build thousands 
of complex medical devices in a matter of a few 
weeks in response to the pandemic crisis.

Number of Board meetings attended:
9 of 9 

External appointments:
Dick is non-executive director of AWE plc and 
is on the council of the UKRI-STFC. He is a fellow 
of the Royal Academy of Engineering and an 
honorary professor at Strathclyde University.

+
20
+
+
20
+
+
R
+
40
+
+
+
+
R
 
 
 
+
60
+
+
R
 
 
Board of Directors continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A

Audit and Risk Committee

RC

Remuneration Committee

N

E

Nomination Committee

ESG Committee

Committee Chairman

£$

Financial expert

IND

Industry expert

RE

Risk expert

A
A

R
RC

N
N

A
A

R
RC

N
N

E
E

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Chief Financial Officer 
Appointments:
Joined the Company and was appointed 
to the Board as an Executive Director on 
4 November 2019.

Skills and experience:  £$
Sarah has extensive experience of financial 
management in public company environments, 
investor relations and strategic development. 
Most recently Group Finance Director of 
Carclo plc, Sarah was previously Director 
of Strategy at Rotork plc where she led a 
wide-reaching strategic review. Prior to this she 
was Deputy Finance Director at Avon Rubber plc, 
being part of the senior management team 
during a period of significant transformation. 
She began her career at PwC, working with many 
international manufacturing and technology 
companies. Sarah is a Chartered Accountant 
and Fellow of the ICAEW with a first-class degree 
in Accountancy Studies. 

Number of Board meetings attended:
9 of 9 

External appointments:
None.

Richard Hickinbotham
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 
Appointments:
Joined the Board as Non-Executive Director 
on 1 July 2017. 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee from 
1 July 2017. 

Chair of the Nomination Committee from 
14 August 2017–1 July 2021.

Skills and experience:  £$   IND
Richard holds a BSc in Mechanical Engineering 
from Imperial College and is a Chartered 
Accountant with over 30 years’ City experience. 
He is currently Head of Research at Singer Capital 
Markets and was previously in research 
management roles at Cantor Fitzgerald Europe 
and Charles Stanley Securities. He has held 
several senior positions at Investec and S G 
Warburg & Co. (acquired by UBS). In 2013 Richard 
was part of the advisory team that took the 
Company onto AIM.

Number of Board meetings attended:
9 of 9 

External appointments:
Richard is Head of Research at Singer Capital 
Markets and Non-Executive Director and Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee of Directa Plus Plc.

Louise Evans
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 
Appointments:
Joined the Board and appointed Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee on 6 April 2020. 

Chair of the ESG Committee from August 2020. 

Skills and experience:  £$  
A qualified Chartered Accountant, Louise was 
previously Group Finance Director of Williams 
Grand Prix Holdings plc and most recently, 
Braemar Shipping Services plc.

Number of Board meetings attended:
9 of 9 

External appointments:
Louise is a Non-Executive Director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee of Gooch & Housego plc, 
Non-Executive Director of the International 
Foundation for Aids to Navigation and 
Non-Executive Director of SCB Brokers SA.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

61

Page TitleSTRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce this report which describes the activities 
of the Board during the year, together with our governance 
arrangements. As your new Chairman, I wish to share with you 
how the Board has ensured strong corporate governance to 
underpin the delivery of our strategy, and how I plan to lead 
the continued development of our approach.

It is clear that the Board has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s 
strategic delivery and for the management of risk. The Group 
has grown significantly over the last three years, from a mainly 
UK-based operation to a multinational Group with 20 legal entities. 
Therefore it has been essential to scale the governance structures 
in order to meet the increased demands of the Group today and 
allow for future growth whether organically or by acquisition. 

With regulation, risk and responsibilities for directors around the 
management of legal entities all increasing, we understand that 
having a strong global subsidiary governance framework can 
prevent costly financial and reputational damage. The issues that 
cause either reputational damage or financial penalties go to the 
heart of shareholder value, therefore this has been our focus for 
the second half of this year, and it will continue into FY 2022.

We operate under a centralised, head office-controlled 
framework but devolve responsibility for compliance within this 
framework to operating divisional or jurisdictional management, 
with the aim of global harmonisation around local legislation. This 
is achieved via a robust business-wide delegation of authority. 

Chairman’s introduction to corporate governance

Maintaining 
good governance

Richard (Dick) Elsy CBE, Non-Executive Chairman

62

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chairman’s introduction to 
corporate governance continued

Statement of corporate governance

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This Statement of corporate governance is an explanation of 
how the Company has applied the ten principles of the QCA 
Code throughout the year. The Code and these standards are 
integrated into the Group’s operations and compliance supports 
the achievement of our strategic objectives. Whilst day-to-day 
operational decisions are managed by the Chief Executive Officer, 
certain strategic decision-making powers and authorities of the 
Company are reserved as matters for the Board.

The Board recognises the value of good corporate governance 
and can confirm that it has complied with the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘QCA Code’) for 
the period under review, as required by the AIM Rules. 

Culture and values
The Board recognises its role in establishing the purpose and 
values of the Group and embedding these throughout the 
business. Our core values of customers, people, diversity, 
innovation, excellence and responsibility are reflected in 
our policies and our business ethics framework.

Board effectiveness
Following the Board changes, we reflected on our Board 
effectiveness and supplemented this with a more formal, 
externally-facilitated performance evaluation in the latter part 
of the year, the outcome of which is detailed in this report. 

The Board is committed to pursuing and maintaining the very 
high standards of corporate governance and promoting ethical 
and sustainable values and behaviours consistently across the 
Group’s businesses. This report aims to provide a clear and 
meaningful explanation of how the Board and its committees 
have discharged their governance duties but also how the 
Group actively promotes open and transparent discussions and 
welcomes constructive challenge in every aspect of the business. 

Richard Elsy CBE 
Non-Executive Chairman
24 November 2021

“ The Board and its Committees 
review their skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge 
to enable the discharge of their 
duties and responsibilities 
effectively. This year the Board 
has instructed Savendie to 
undertake an independent 
board review and evaluation”

Independent Board review and evaluation
Part 1: to review whether the Board is spending its time 
together effectively, considering and discussing the correct 
matters and with good quality information was performed 
during July and August 2021.

Part 2: will address whether the Board is operating 
effectively as a team demonstrating a balance of support 
and constructive challenge with the combined skills to cover 
the strategic challenges that the Company faces. This will be 
completed during 2022.

The review process, once complete, should provide the 
Board with a good understanding of its strengths and 
weaknesses and identify areas of development for the 
coming year.

Summary of compliance with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code (QCA)
The Board has reviewed the principles and provisions of the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘QCA Code’). Following this 
review, the Board is pleased to confirm that the Company has 
complied with the Code for the financial year ended 31 August 2021. 

The QCA Code can be found on the Quoted Companies Alliance 
website, www.theqca.com and further information on 
compliance with the Code can be found below.

The Board held nine full meetings through the year ended 
31 August 2021, which were attended by all of our Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors with the sole exception of Tony Best, 
who took an extended leave of absence due to ill health from 
23 February 2021 until his resignation on 1 July 2021. 

The Board is committed to pursuing and maintaining very high 
standards of corporate governance and promoting ethical and 
sustainable values and behaviours consistently across the 
Group’s businesses. This report along with the sections detailed 
below aim to provide not only clear and meaningful explanations 
of how the Board and its Committees have discharged their 
governance duties but also how the Group actively promotes 
open and transparent discussions and welcomes constructive 
challenge in every aspect of the business.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

63

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of corporate governance continued

Summary of compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code (QCA) continued 

Principle 1: Establish a strategy and business model which promotes long-term value 
for shareholders.

Principle 2: Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.

Principle 3: Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications 
for long-term success.

Principle 4: Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation.

Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair.

Principle 6: Ensure that between them the Directors have necessary up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities.

Principle 7: Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement.

The Group has built on the existing core strategy to diversify the business and enter larger, growth-
focused markets. For more details regarding this strategy please see the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 58 
and the Group’s detailed analysis of its compliance with the QCA Code Principle 1 on our website.

The Group maintains regular contact with major shareholders and is committed to communicating 
openly with shareholders through announcements made on RNS, presentations to institutional 
shareholders, private client brokers and investment analysts. Meetings and site visits are regularly held 
with existing and prospective investors. For further and more detailed explanations of how the Group 
applies Principle 2 see our commentary on the Group’s S172 responsibilities at pages 50 to 53 and  
73 to 74. See the Statement of corporate governance on pages 63 to 74.

Social engagement and the Company’s responsibilities to the communities within which we operate is 
one of the three pillars of our ESG strategy and remains key to our business’s success. We summarise 
the Group’s community activities and general corporate social responsibilities on pages 44 to 46.

The Group/Company has implemented a risk management framework and management structure 
that ensures risks are identified, assessed and mitigated wherever possible. For further and more 
detailed explanations of how the Group applies Principle 4, see Principal risks and uncertainties on 
pages 56 to 58.

This year the Board has instructed Savendie to undertake an independent Board review and evaluation. 
Due to the recent changes to the Board’s composition, this will be undertaken in two parts, the second 
phase will address whether the Board is operating effectively as a team demonstrating a balance of 
support and constructive challenge with the combined skills to cover the strategic challenges that the 
Company faces. This will be completed during 2022. For further and more detailed explanations of how 
the Group applies Principle 5, see the Statement of corporate governance on pages 63 to 74.

The composition of the Board is monitored by the Nomination Committee. The Board is satisfied that 
the Directors have a blend of skills, experience, knowledge and independence suited to the Company’s 
needs and its continuing development. Information on the Directors’ range of skills including details of 
their technical and/or financial experience and expertise can be found on pages 60 to 61.

The Board and its Committees review their skills, experience, independence and knowledge to enable 
the discharge of their duties and responsibilities effectively. This year the Board has instructed Savendie 
to undertake an independent Board review and evaluation. For further and more detailed explanations 
of how the Group applies Principle 7, see our Statement of corporate governance on page 70.

64

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Statement of corporate governance continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Summary of compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code (QCA) continued 

Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours.

Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board.

Principle 10: Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a 
dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders.

The Board is committed to pursuing and maintaining very high standards of corporate governance and 
promoting ethical and sustainable values and behaviours consistently across the Group’s businesses. 
For further and more detailed explanations of how the Group applies Principle 8, see our Statement of 
corporate governance on pages 63 to 74. For more information on the Group’s vision and values see 
page 42.

The Group operates under a centralised, head office-controlled framework but devolve responsibility for 
compliance within this framework to operating divisional or jurisdictional management, with the aim of 
global harmonisation around local legislation. This is achieved via a robust business-wide delegation of 
authority. The Group’s Governance framework and the structures of the Board and its committees are 
fully detailed within our Statement of corporate governance on pages 63 to 74. 

Engagement with our stakeholders is key to a successful business and is an ongoing part of managing 
our business. We summarise why and how we engage with our six key stakeholders including our 
shareholders on pages 50 to 53. How the Board remains informed of this engagement and a statement 
summarising effect of their consideration of stakeholder interests and needs including details of the 
principal decisions taken by the Company during the financial year can be found on pages 73 to 74. For 
further and more detailed explanations of how the Group maintains a dialogue with shareholders and 
other relevant stakeholders see the Company’s S172(1) statement on pages 50 to 53.

Further information on the Company’s compliance with the QCA Code can be found on the Group’s website, www.abdplc.com, on the AIM Rule 26 page.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

65

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework

Board

The Board of Directors (the ‘Board’) is collectively responsible to the Company’s shareholders for the long-term success of the Company. This responsibility includes matters of strategy, performance, 
resources, standards of conduct and accountability as well as having regard for our employees, customers, suppliers and the impact of our activities on both the environment and the communities in 
which we operate. The Board also has ultimate responsibility for corporate governance, which it discharges either directly or through its Committees. The Board delegates certain responsibilities to the 
Board’s Committees outlined below, whilst maintaining an appropriate level of oversight through regular reports from Committee Chairs. The Matters Reserved for the Board and the Terms of Reference 
for the Board’s Committees can be found on the Investor Relations section of the website www.abdplc.com.

Its role is to:

•  Determine the Group’s overall strategy and direction 
•  Establish and maintain controls, audit processes and risk management policies to ensure they counter identified risks and that the Group operates efficiently 
•  Approve budgets and review performance relative to those budgets and approve the financial statements 
•  Approve material agreements and non-recurring projects 
•  Approve Board appointments 
•  Review and approve Group-wide remuneration policies and executive remuneration 
•  Ensure effective communication with shareholders and other key stakeholders and make the Board aware of their views
•  Promote a corporate culture based on sound ethical values and behaviours

Committees

Where appropriate, matters are delegated to the Board’s four Committees (Nomination, Audit and Risk, Remuneration and ESG), which will consider and manage them in accordance with their terms 
of reference. 

Nomination Committee
•  Board and Committee composition 
•  Succession planning 
•  Board diversity 
•  Executive and Non-Executive Board 

appointments and strategy 

Read more on pages 75 to 76

Audit and Risk Committee
•  External audit 
•  Financial reporting 
•  Risk management and internal controls 
• 

Internal audit

Read more on pages 77 to 78

Remuneration Committee
•  Remuneration policy 
•  Remuneration principles 
• 
•  Executive and senior management 

Incentive scheme design and setting of targets 

remuneration

Read more on pages 80 to 86

 Environmental policy

ESG Committee
• 
•  Health and safety
•  Diversity
•  People and potential
•  CSR and community engagement
•  Ethical, diverse and robust supply chains

Read more on page 79

66

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework continued

Division of responsibilities
We strive for a clear division of responsibilities; the table below outlines each individual’s role and remit. The majority of the Board are independent Non-Executive Directors (the Chairman being assessed 
as independent upon appointment). Further information on the Directors’ range of skills including details of their technical and/or financial experience and expertise can be found on pages 60 to 61.

Chairman
•  Responsible for the leadership and overall 

Chief Executive Officer
•  Provides the day-to-day leadership of 

Chief Financial Officer 
•  Oversees the financial delivery and 

effectiveness of the Board and for ensuring 
appropriate strategic focus and direction
•  Provides leadership to the Board, setting 
the agenda, style and tone of Board 
discussions to promote constructive debate 
and challenge between the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors 

•  Ensures that there is a good information 
flow to the Board, and from the Board to 
its key stakeholders 

•  Supports and advises the Chief Executive 
Officer, particularly on the development 
of strategy 

•  Demonstrates ethical leadership and 

promotes the highest standards of integrity 
throughout the business 

•  Ensures effective operation of the 

Board’s Committees 

the Group 

•  Responsible for developing and defining 

strategic proposals for recommendation to the 
Board and the subsequent implementation of 
the agreed strategy

•  Accountable for business performance 
•  Responsible for developing an organisational 
structure, and establishing processes and 
systems to ensure that the Group has the 
capabilities and resources required to achieve 
its plans 

•  Maintains a dialogue with the Chairman on all 
important matters and strategic issues facing 
the Group 

•  Ensures that there is an effective framework of 
internal controls, including risk management, 
covering all business activities 

•  Oversees the application of Group policies and 

governance procedures

•  Ensures that the Board is fully informed of all 

key matters 

•  Develops and promotes effective 

communication with shareholders and 
other key stakeholders 

performance of the Group and provides 
insightful financial analysis that informs key 
decision-making 

•  Leads investor relations activities and 

communication with investors alongside 
the Chief Executive Officer 

•  Works with the Chief Executive Officer to 
develop budgets and medium-term plans 
to support the agreed strategy 

•  Supports the Chief Executive Officer in 
developing and implementing strategy, 
allocating resources across the Group and 
managing risk

Independent Non-Executive Directors 
•  Bring external perspectives and insight to the 
deliberations of the Board and its Committees

•  Provide a range of knowledge and business 

experience from different sectors and 
undertakings (see their biographies on 
pages 60 to 61) 

•  Assist in the formulation and progression of 
the Board’s agreed strategy and monitor the 
performance of the executive management in 
the implementation of this strategy

•  Constructively challenge management and 

decisions taken at Board level 

•  Oversee the performance of management in 

meeting agreed goals 

•  Support the Chairman and Executive Directors 
in instilling appropriate culture, values and 
behaviours in the boardroom and across 
the Group 

•  Challenge the adequacy and quality of 

information received prior to Board meetings

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

67

Statement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework continued

Board and Committee attendance record

Member

Independence

Board1 AGM

Strategy 
Day

Audit and 

Risk Remuneration

Nomination

ESG

Executive

James Routh

Sarah 
Matthews-DeMers

Non-Executive

Dick Elsy

Richard 
Hickinbotham

Louise Evans

Tony Best2

N

N

9/9

Yes

9/9

Yes

Y 3

9/9

Yes

Y

Y

N

9/9

9/9

2/7

Yes

Yes

Yes

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

0/1

N/A

N/A

3/3

3/3

3/3

1/3

N/A

N/A

3/3

3/3

3/3

1/1

N/A 3/3

N/A N/A

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Matters reserved for the Board 
Matters reserved for the Board include, but are not limited to: 

•  Strategy and management, including responsibility for the overall leadership of the Group, setting 

the Group’s values and standards, and overview of the Group’s operational management
•  Structure and capital, including changes relating to the Group’s capital structure and major 

changes to the Group’s corporate structure, including acquisitions and disposals, and changes 
to the Group’s management and control structure

•  Financial reporting, including the approval of the Annual Report and Accounts, half-yearly report, 

trading statements, preliminary announcement for the results and dividend, treasury and 
accounting policies

2/2 2/3

• 

Internal controls, ensuring that the Group manages risk effectively by approving its risk appetite 
and monitoring aggregate risk exposures

2/2 N/A

2/2 3/3

N/A N/A

•  Contracts, including approval of all major capital projects and major investments
•  Ensuring satisfactory communication with shareholders 
•  Board membership and other appointments, including changes to the structure, size and 
composition of the Board, and succession planning for the Board and senior management

Powers of Directors
The powers of the Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’), 
which may be amended by way of a Special Resolution of the members of the Company. The Board 
may exercise all powers conferred on it by the Articles, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 
and other applicable legislation. The Articles are available for inspection on-line at www.abdplc.com 
and can also be viewed at the Company’s registered office. 

Activities of the Board 
The Company’s governance framework is set out on pages 66 to 67. The core activities and calendar 
of the Board and its Committees are planned on an annual basis and this framework forms the basic 
structure within which the Board operates.

1. 

 The table shows attendance at full Board meetings only. Sub-Committees were convened with the authorisation of the Board 
throughout the course of the year to deal with previously reviewed transactional activities. 

2.   Tony Best attended all meetings of the Board and its Committees up to the date of his leave of absence due to ill health 

(23 February 2021) and retired from his position on 1 July 2021. 

3.  Dick Elsy was considered independent at the time of his appointment as Chairman.

Effectiveness
For the Directors to discharge their responsibilities as set out in the Matters Reserved for the Board 
below, the Board meets at least eight times each financial year. The Board and Committees also meet 
on an ad-hoc basis when required. In addition, the Board attends a strategy day at the beginning 
of each calendar year with executive management to discuss in-depth the Group’s direction. 
Details of the Board and Committee attendance at scheduled meetings can be found above. 

Dick Elsy, Non-Executive Director was considered independent on his appointment as Chairman. Louise 
Evans and Richard Hickinbotham, as Non-Executive Directors, are independent of the Executive and are 
free to exercise independence of judgement. Richard Hickinbotham has the longest tenure of the 
Non-Executive Directors at just over four years; therefore, the Board does not believe any of our 
Non-Executives have formed associations with management or others that may compromise their 
ability to exercise independent judgement or act in the best interests of the Group. The Board is 
satisfied that no conflict of interest exists for any Director. 

All Non-Executives have been advised of the time required to fulfil the role prior to appointment 
and this requirement is included in their letters of appointment. The Board is satisfied that the 
Chairman and each of the independent Non-Executive Directors can devote sufficient time to 
the Group’s business. 

68

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework continued

Key considerations

Strategy

Key activities
•  Annual strategy day (February 2021) to discuss the future 

strategic direction of the Group 

•  Assessment of performance against previously agreed 

strategic objectives 

•  Review of the CEO’s proposals for the strategic future of 

the Group

Finance

Risk and 
compliance

•  ERP system preparation and implementation activities
•  Reinstatement of guidance to the market
•  Revolving Credit Facility
•  Acquisition of Vadotech and Zynit

•  New whistleblowing platform
• 
Improved due diligence on third parties
•  Creation of additional Group-wide policies
•  Review of Group-wide insurance coverage

People and 
culture

Cultural development – vision and values exercise

Review of current structure of the Group

Appointment of the new Non-Executive Chairman

Talent management programme

Annual staff survey

Governance

Launched ESG Committee 

Formalising a global subsidiary governance framework, to improve 
management oversight and governance of all legal entities 

Stakeholder engagement 

Evaluated Board and Committee performance

In practice

The Board considered and agreed (in principle) to the CEO’s proposals for the following:

•  Development of diversification strategy and formulation of ABD Solutions
•  M&A pipeline
•  Cultural development of the Group
•  Leadership requirements
•  Organisational structure review 

Board evaluation and succession planning was also reviewed. 

During the year the Board has approved a new credit facility for the Group to provide additional liquidity.

The Board debated the risks and benefits of the current dividend policy, including the options available in light of the 
volatile economic environment. It concluded that the total dividend for the year should be 4.84p.

The Board approved the acquisition of Vadotech.

The Board approved a new Group-wide whistleblowing platform, to enable employees to report any concerns 
anonymously through a third party to an independent director of the Group, and to facilitate communications in all 
of the core languages of the Company.

The Group has procured a new due diligence tool: Dow Jones Risk Management to enable enhanced due diligence 
checks to be undertaken on the Group’s third party interfaces (including agents, customers and suppliers). This allows 
the Company to check for corruption, financial crime, links to organised crime as well as sanctions lists, exclusions 
lists, monitor PEP and state owned entities more closely.

The Board approved the vision and values developed by a team of representatives from across the business for 
adoption across the Group.

Following the retirement of the Company’s long-standing Chairman, the Board appointed Dick Elsy CBE as the new 
Chairman of the Group.

The Board instigated the roll out of an all-employee annual survey.

Following the creation of the ESG Committee last year, the Board has overseen the launch of the committee, and the 
instigation (through the committee) of a group wide governance framework, with a view to codifying the Group’s 
Code of Conduct in the coming year.

A board evaluation was facilitated by an external provider.

As part of the evaluation process the board has reviewed whether it is spending its time together effectively, 
considering and discussing the correct matters with good quality information. This was completed in August 2021.

Focus for 2022 – The Board will focus on diversification, ESG and further improvements to its subsidiary governance framework. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

69

Statement of corporate governance continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of corporate 
governance

Board meetings
During the period, the Board convened formally on nine occasions. 
Having implemented Board Intelligence, an electronic platform 
for the management of Board papers in October 2020, the Board 
and its Committees receive appropriate and timely information 
on this secure platform through which relevant Board Committee 
papers and a formal agenda can be distributed prior to each meeting. 

Any Director can challenge proposals with decisions being taken 
after discussion. Any Director can ask for a concern to be noted 
in the minutes of the meeting which are circulated to all Directors. 
Specific actions arising from meetings are agreed by the Board 
or relevant Committee and then followed up by management. 
The Board is supported by the Audit and Risk, Remuneration, 
Nomination and ESG Committees, each of which has access to 
information, resources and advice that it deems necessary, at the 
Group’s cost, to enable each Committee to discharge its duties.

The Chair also meets separately with Non-Executive Directors 
without Executive Directors or other managers present. Debate 
and discussion at Board and Committee meetings is encouraged 
to be open, challenging, and constructive. 

Board changes and Board composition
During the financial year, the retirement of Tony Best as Chairman 
of the Board and from the Board of Directors (1 July 2021) has 
reduced the number of Directors on the Board from 6 to 5. 
Richard “Dick” Elsy was appointed as Tony’s successor as 
Chairman on the 1st July 2021. He stepped down as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, and assumed the role of Chair of the 
Nomination Committee. Richard Hickinbotham replaced Dick Elsy 
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

As at 31 August 2021, the Board comprised a Non-Executive 
Chairman (who was deemed independent upon appointment), 
two Executive Directors and two independent Non-Executive 
Directors. A biography of each Director in office at the end of the 
year is set out on pages 60 to 61. Louise Evans remains the Chair 
of the Audit and Rick Committee and has assumed the role of 
Chair of the newly formed ESG Committee.

70

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

The composition of the Board is monitored by the Nomination 
Committee and the gender diversity of the Board has improved 
during the financial year as the result of the Board’s reduction in 
size. Nevertheless, the Board remains satisfied that each Director, 
whether executive or non-executive, has the necessary time to 
devote to the effective discharge of their responsibilities and that, 
between them, the Directors have a blend of skills, experience, 
knowledge and independence suited to the Company’s needs 
and its continuing development. The Board is also assured that it 
has a suitable balance between independence and knowledge of 
the Group to enable it to discharge its duties and responsibilities 
effectively. All Directors are encouraged to use their independent 
judgement and constructively challenge other Directors 
where appropriate.

Board evaluation 
The Board and its Committees review their skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge to enable the discharge of their 
duties and responsibilities effectively. This year the Board 
instructed Savendie to undertake an independent Board review 
and evaluation. Due to the recent changes to the Board 
composition, this will be undertaken in two parts, with the initial 
phase having been performed during July and August 2021 to 
review whether the Board is spending its time together 
effectively, considering and discussing the correct matters and 
with good quality information. This work included a review of 
Board materials and individual interviews with Directors. Initial 
recommendations suggested improvements to some Board 
processes and consideration of succession planning in parallel 
with strategic development and described an effective Board 
driving a clear strategy and identifying and managing risks.

The second phase will address whether the Board is operating 
effectively as a team demonstrating a balance of support and 
constructive challenge with the combined skills to cover the 
strategic challenges that the Company faces. This will be completed 
during 2022. The review process, once complete, should provide 
the Board with a good understanding of its strengths and 
weaknesses and identify areas of development for the coming year.

Powers of Directors
The powers of the Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles 
of Association (the ‘Articles’), which may be amended by way of a 
Special Resolution of the members of the Company. The Board may 

exercise all powers conferred on it by the Articles, in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable legislation. 
The Articles are available for inspection on-line at www.abdplc.com 
and can also be viewed at the Company’s registered office. 

Directors’ inductions and training 
Following appointment to the Board, all new Directors receive an 
induction tailored to their individual requirements. These inductions 
cover some or all of the following (depending on the individual 
Director’s experience and what is appropriate for their role):

•  Board and Governance: including Board calendar, procedures, 
including meeting protocols, Committee activities and terms of 
reference, and matters reserved for the Board

•  Business introduction: the nature of the Group, its business, 

markets and relationships; meetings with the relevant 
operational and functional senior management; and overviews 
of the business via monthly reports 

•  Finance: budget and forecast papers; and analyst and 

investor overviews

•  Risk: the Group approach to risk management 
•  Other: meetings with the Company’s official appointed advisers 

including: registrar, solicitor, auditor, broker and nominated 
adviser (NOMAD)

Risk management and internal controls 
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
controls and for reviewing the effectiveness of that system. It is 
designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve the Group’s strategic objectives and can only provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance against material damage, 
deficiency or loss. The control framework includes:

•  Setting and approval of an annual budget
•  Regular updates from all subsidiaries to the CEO and CFO
•  Monthly business reviews by the CEO and CFO focused on 

business performance

•  Quarterly reviews by Group Finance focused on the quarter 

end balance sheet

•  Six-monthly confirmations from local controllers regarding 

operation of internal controls, results and financial position and 
compliance with bank requirements

Statement of corporate governance continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk management and internal controls continued
•  Automated controls and workflows built into the new ERP system
•  Physical verification of inventory every six months 

enables employees to raise any concerns anonymously through a 
third-party tool (EQS) to an independent director of the Group, 
and facilitates communications in all of the core languages of 
the Company.

The principal risks which the Board has identified this year are set 
out in the section on Risk Management on pages 54 to 55 of the 
Strategic report.

All reports made through this tool shall continue to be investigated 
in line with the Company’s policy. The Board confirms that no 
whistleblowing reports were received during the period. 

Professional advice
Each Director is entitled to obtain independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense in furtherance of their duties 
as a Director of AB Dynamics plc. In addition, each Committee is 
authorised, through its terms of reference, to seek advice at the 
Company’s expense. 

Delegation of authority
The Group has in place defined authorisation levels for 
expenditure, the placing of orders and signing authorities. 

Each year on behalf of the Board, the Audit and Risk Committee 
reviews the effectiveness of these systems. This is achieved primarily 
by a comprehensive review of the risks within a business risk 
assessment matrix which covers both financial and non-financial 
issues potentially affecting the Group, and from discussions with 
the external auditor. 

Anti-corruption
The Company has a Group-wide policy on anti-bribery and 
corruption that fully addresses the requirements of the Bribery 
Act 2010 and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. This policy is circulated 
to every member of staff globally through the Company’s HR 
portals or QMS systems and individuals receive on-line training 
on the core subject matter. To facilitate understanding and 
compliance the policy and training is available in four languages 
(the key languages spoken across the Group).

This year the Company has decided to formalise its due diligence 
in this field and has procured the use of the Dow Jones Risk 
Management tool. Dow Jones Risk and Compliance is a global 
provider of regulatory compliance and risk management solutions, 
their tool allows the Group to perform comprehensive due  
diligence on customers, agents and suppliers which supports  
its anti-corruption policies and procedures.

Diversity and equality
The Company is proud of its Board diversity with 40% female 
Directors, however it remains committed to strengthening its 
diversity beyond gender to ethnic diversity, when appropriate 
opportunities arise. Diversity across a wide range of criteria is 
valued, including skills, knowledge and experience as well as 
gender, gender identity, ethnicity, religious beliefs and sexual 
orientation. It is also committed to creating equality of 
opportunity where people are appointed on merit, and without 
any form of positive or negative discrimination. Whilst the 
Nomination Committee reviews the structure, size, diversity, 
balance and composition of the Board, the principal objective of 
the Nomination Committee is to ensure that all candidates are 
suitably qualified and experienced for the role. Additional 
information on diversity can be found on page 43 in our ESG 
strategy section. 

Re-election
All Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders 
at the first Annual General Meeting following their appointment 
and annually thereafter. If not re-appointed, he/she shall vacate 
office at the conclusion of the AGM. 

Liability insurance
Each Director and Officer of the Company is covered by 
appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ (D&O) liability insurance at the 
Company’s expense in line with market practice.

Whistleblowing 
The Board aims to encourage openness and will support 
staff who raise genuine concerns in good faith under this policy, 
even if they turn out to be mistaken. This year the Company has 
overhauled its approach to whistleblowing with the implementation 
of an on-line whistleblowing hotline through EQS Group. The tool 

The D&O insurance covers the Directors and Officers against the 
costs of defending themselves in legal proceedings taken against 
them in that capacity and in respect of any damages resulting 
from those proceedings. The insurance does not provide cover 
where the Director or Officer has committed a deliberate 
fraudulent or deliberate criminal act. 

Conflicts of interest
The Company has a Group-wide policy and procedures to deal with 
conflicts of interest; this policy is available in four languages and 
applies to the Company’s Executives, Non-Executives and personnel. 

All Directors are also subject to a statutory duty under the 
Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Companies Act’) to avoid a situation 
where they have, or could have, a direct or indirect interest that 
conflicts, or possibly could conflict, with the Company’s interests. 

Directors of public companies may authorise conflicts and 
potential conflicts in accordance with the Companies Act where 
it is appropriate to do so and where the Articles of Association 
(the ‘Articles’) contain a provision to this effect. It is the Board’s 
contention that all authorisation powers are being exercised 
properly in accordance with the Company’s Articles.

Accountability 
The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, presents a clear, fair and balanced 
assessment of the Group which provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, strategy and 
business model.

The Board receives a detailed report from the Chief Financial 
Officer which sets out the key matters that impact or could 
impact the Group’s financial statements and Annual Report and 
highlights areas of the financial statements where it has been 
necessary to rely upon a significant level of subjectivity. 

The Board also has access to all relevant information and reviews 
other periodic management information and RNS announcements. 
The draft Annual Report and Accounts are circulated to each 
member of the Board in sufficient time to allow challenge of 
the disclosures where necessary. The Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities is set out on page 90 (within the Directors’ report).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

71

Statement of corporate governance continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Board Committees

Audit and Risk Committee 
Chaired by Louise Evans (Finance and 
Audit expert)

Number of meetings in the year: 3

Role of the Committee 

The Audit and Risk Committee is 
responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly 
reported and monitored, and for meeting 
the auditor and reviewing the reports 
from the auditor relating to accounts and 
internal control systems. The Audit and 
Risk Committee has discussions with the 
external auditor at least once a year without 
any Executive Directors being present. 
The Committee is also responsible for the 
review and management of the Company’s 
risk management framework.

ESG Committee
Chaired by Louise Evans (Finance Expert)

Number of meetings in the year: 3

Role of the Committee

The aim of the Committee is to further the 
sustainability of the Group, promote the 
continuous improvement of the Group’s 
ESG management and performance, 
promote and enhance the Group’s ESG 
work ensuring it receives due attention 
and acknowledgement, enabling the 
Group to become an ESG leader in our 
selected industries.

Nomination Committee 
Chaired by Richard Hickinbotham until 1 
July 2021, when Dick Elsy (Industry expert) 
was appointed Chair

Remuneration Committee 
Chaired by Dick Elsy until 1 July 2021, when 
Richard Hickinbotham (Industry and 
Finance expert) was appointed Chair

Number of meetings in the year: 2

Number of meetings in the year: 3

Role of the Committee 

Role of the Committee 

The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for recommendations to the Board for the 
appointment of additional Directors or 
replacement of current Directors and for 
succession planning for the Company. 
During the year, the Nomination Committee 
has overseen the appointment of Dick Elsy to 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman of the 
Board following the retirement of Tony Best.

The Remuneration Committee reviews the 
performance of the Executive Directors and 
sets and reviews the scale and structure of 
their remuneration and the terms of their 
service agreements with due regard to the 
interests of the shareholders. In determining 
the remuneration of Executive Directors, 
the Remuneration Committee seeks to 
enable the Company to attract and retain 
Executives of high calibre. Following his 
appointment as Chairman of the Board, 
Dick Elsy is no longer Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. No Director is 
permitted to participate in discussions or 
decisions concerning his or her own 
remuneration. The Remuneration 
Committee meets as and when necessary. 
This year the Remuneration Committee has 
appointed PWC to review the Company’s 
Executive Remuneration Policy, overseen 
the award of Executive bonuses (and the 
allocation of 20% of these bonuses to be 
awarded as shares); and authorised the 
award of an LTIP to the Executive and 
senior leadership of the organisation. 
The Executive LTIP is subject to malus 
and clawback provisions.

72

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Statement of corporate governance continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Stakeholder engagement 

Consideration of all our stakeholders
See our report on S172 stakeholder engagement on pages 50 to 51 for details of how the Group engages with its stakeholders.

Our Stakeholders

Customers

How the Board and Committees are kept informed
•  The Board reviews the Company’s engagement with significant customers and regularly discusses the contractual requirements of the larger or more complex contracts

Industry bodies

•  The ESG Committee receives information regarding industry bodies with whom our subsidiaries are engaged. This year the Committee intends to formalise this review 

to be able to give further direction to the business regarding whom they should engage with and at what level

Investors

•  The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer engaged with major shareholders and potential investors directly and indirectly throughout the year, and provide 

regular and detailed feedback to the Board after each consultation

•  The Company’s Executives and Non-Executive Directors are given regular updates as to the views of institutional shareholders and changes to significant shareholdings 

through research carried out quarterly by the Group’s broker and adviser 

•  The Company’s AGM is an opportunity for all shareholders to meet and question the Directors (last year due to the COVID-19 pandemic questions were invited 

in writing beforehand) 

•  The Board receives feedback from investors after the full and half-year results announcements from the Executive team

•  The ESG Committee receives updates from the Human Resources Director regarding employee engagement
•  The results from any Employee Engagement Surveys are shared with the Board
•  The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors have engaged directly with employees at several levels of seniority providing an opportunity to receive direct feedback

•  The Board receives reports from the businesses to update on performance of major suppliers, highlighting risks (and their proposed mitigations) 

•  The Company’s engagement with the communities is reviewed annually by the ESG Committee 
•  CSR policy reviewed annually by ESG Committee 
•  The Board receives updates on CSR initiatives

Employees

Supply chains

Communities

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

73

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of corporate governance continued

Stakeholder engagement continued

Consideration of all our stakeholders continued
We consider all stakeholders when formulating the Group’s strategy and business model. More information on how stakeholder interests have influenced the Board’s decision-making this year 
is included below.

Key decisions and discussions

The retirement of our Chairman (due to ill health) 
and the appointment of his replacement

Stakeholders
•  Employees
•  Shareholders

Company culture in an expanding 
corporate environment

Capital allocation and COVID-19

Establishment of an ESG Committee and the 
setting of carbon emissions reduction targets

•  Employees
•  Customers

•  Shareholders
•  Employees
•  Customers
•  Society

•  Society
•  Customers
•  Employees
•  Shareholders

How the Board considered stakeholders during the year

Shareholders and employees were kept informed regarding the leave of absence of our 
Chairman Tony Best, as well as the appointment of Dick Elsy as acting Chairman. Due to his 
prior engagement with many individuals across the business, this interim appointment was 
well received which influenced the Board’s decision regarding his subsequent 
formal appointment.

Annual Report sections

See page 76 for details of the 
appointment process

Following feedback from employees and customers the Board took the decision to create 
a team of employees (from across the business) to distil the Group’s values, and the vision 
for the business going forward.

For more on the Group’s Vision 
and Values see page 42

Whilst the Company has not placed any individuals in the UK on furlough, the UK Coronavirus 
Government Job Retention Scheme (CJRS) was utilised at the request of four employees. 

The Group was cognisant of feedback from society at large, objecting to the payment of 
dividends in any financial year where the UK CGJRS was utilised and not subsequently 
repaid. The Board fully agrees that the purpose of this form of government support was not 
to sustain company dividend payments and the Board understands the importance of 
dividends to shareholders (and the benefit of providing sustainable shareholder returns), 
therefore the Company has returned all funds received under the scheme.

Last year the Board recognised that there was a need to formalise its approach to sustainability 
and ESG. Following the creation of its ESG Committee the Board has received feedback 
from shareholders, employees and customers urging the Company to formalise its targets 
and goals.

See page 79 for more 
information regarding the 
activities of the ESG Committee

Accordingly, this year the ESG Committee set the ambitious goal of being net carbon 
neutral by 2030. 

74

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Nomination Committee report

Maintaining an appropriate 
balance of skills and experience

Meetings

2

Nomination Committee members
•  Dick Elsy (Chair from 1 July 2021)
•  Richard Hickinbotham (Chair until 1 July 2021)
•  Louise Evans

Dear shareholders
I am pleased to provide my first report on the work of the 
Nomination Committee which has held two formal meetings 
during the last twelve months. I became Committee Chair on my 
appointment as Group Chairman on 1 July 2021. At the same time 
Richard Hickinbotham who has been Committee Chair for the last 
four years was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee in 
my place. There were no other changes in the membership of the 
Committee during the last twelve months and all members are 
considered to be independent Non-Executive Directors. 

“ Ensuring the Board has the 
knowledge and skills to deliver  
its growth ambitions”

Responsibilities
The Nomination Committee’s terms of reference were reviewed 
and updated during the year and can be found on the AB 
Dynamics website. The Committee’s key responsibilities are:

•  To review the size, structure, composition and independence 

of the Board and its Committees

•  To make recommendations to the Board for the appointment 

of new Executive and Non-Executive Directors and their 
re-appointment following retirement by rotation

•  To manage the search for and selection of suitable candidates 

for the appointment or replacement of Directors

•  To consider succession planning for all Group Directors 

taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing 
the Group

•  To keep under review the time commitment of Non-Executive 

Directors and external appointments of Board members
•  To implement, review and respond to the results of Board 

evaluation processes 

The Committee remains focused on ensuring AB Dynamics 
benefits from strong leadership and that the Board continues 
to operate in an open and transparent manner. In considering 
changes to the Board and its Committees, the Nomination 
Committee is focused on the recruitment of the best available 
talent based on merit and assessed against objective criteria 
of skills, knowledge and experience. Diversity and gender 
inclusiveness span the whole Group and are important and 
enduring considerations in the search for and selection of 
new Board members. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

75

Nomination Committee report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 “ The Board is considered to be 
operating effectively, driving a 
clear strategy whilst identifying 
and managing risks”

On the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, the 
Board instructed Savendie to undertake an independent Board 
Review and Evaluation that is being performed in two phases. 
The first phase conducted in July and August 2021 focused on a 
review of Board materials and individual interviews with Directors 
to assess whether the Board is spending its time together 
effectively, considering and discussing the correct matters and 
with good quality information. The final phase to be completed in 
2022 will focus on whether the Board is operating effectively with 
a good balance of support and constructive challenge, and has 
the combined skills to realise its growth ambitions and to cover 
the strategic challenges that the Group faces. 

I am pleased the first phase report described an effective Board 
driving a clear strategy whilst identifying and managing risks. 
The Board is implementing recommendations to improve some 
Board processes and will be considering its succession planning 
in parallel with the Group’s strategic development. 

The Board Review process, once complete, is expected to 
provide the Board with a good understanding of its strengths and 
weaknesses and to identify areas for development. At this time the 
Board is considered to be operating in an open and transparent 
manner, and in an environment of trust with all Directors having 
freedom to express opinions to the benefit of the Group.

Richard Elsy CBE
Nomination Committee Chair  
24 November 2021

Board and Committee changes

During the year the Group announced the retirement of Tony Best 
who stepped down as Non-Executive Chairman on 1 July 2021 
following an extended leave of absence on health grounds. Under 
Tony Best’s leadership the Group has grown substantially, both 
organically and through acquisition, from a small consultancy 
business founded in 1982 to the international technology and 
manufacturing business it is today. The Board acknowledges 
Tony’s immense contribution to the development of the Group 
and is pleased to retain access to his knowledge and experience 
through his continuing role as a Special Advisor. 

On Tony Best’s retirement, the Board implemented its succession 
plan and I was appointed Group Chairman on 1 July 2021 after 
a four-month period covering the Chairman’s duties. As an 
independent Non-Executive, I have also been appointed to the 
role of Nomination Committee Chair which can now be held by 
the Group Chair and have relinquished my role as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee in accordance with best practice. 

The Committee is comfortable with the balance of two Executive 
and three Non-Executive Directors but will continue to keep this 
under review and will consider the appointment of additional 
Directors at an appropriate time having regard to the growing 
scale and complexity of the Group’s activities and the collective 
skills, knowledge and experience available to the business. 

Board evaluation 
The skills and experience of Board members are set out in 
their biographies on pages 60 to 61 of this Annual Report. 
The Composition of the Board has changed significantly 
over the last two years and this resulted in the deferral of 
implementation of a formal evaluation process until July 2021. 
Up to this point, evaluation of individual Board members has 
been implemented in an ad-hoc manner between the Committee 
and Group Chairs.

76

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Audit and Risk Committee report

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Monitoring all aspects of financial reporting and risk

“ Focusing on business risks 
has been key to responding to 
challenging market conditions”

Meetings

3

Audit and Risk Committee members
•  Louise Evans (Chair) 
•  Dick Elsy (until 1 July 2021)
•  Richard Hickinbotham

Dear shareholders
I am pleased to present my report as Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

Audit and Risk Committee role and activities
The Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its terms of 
reference which are available on the Company’s website. 
The Committee reviews its terms of reference annually and 
recommends to the Board any changes required as a result of 
the review. The Committee has a sufficient level of competence 
relevant to its function and the sector in which it operates. 
The qualifications and experience of the members of the 
Committee can be found on pages 60 to 61.

The key roles and responsibilities of the Committee are as follows:

•  To review the Group’s risk management framework, assist the 

Board in conducting a robust assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks and ensure adherence to policies and 
effectiveness of mitigating actions

•  To review the published half-year and annual financial reports 
and advise the Board on whether such information represents 
a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the 
Company’s position and prospects; monitor compliance with 

relevant statutory reporting requirements; review and consider 
any changes in accounting standards; and considering the 
suitability of, and any changes to, accounting policies used by 
the Group, including the use of estimates and judgements
•  To manage the appointment of the Group’s external auditor, 

agreeing the nature and scope of the external audit as well as 
the terms of remuneration, and assess the effectiveness of the 
audit and auditor independence including approval of any 
non-audit services undertaken together with the level of 
non-audit fees

•  To review the internal control environment and consider the 

need for an internal audit function

•  To review the adequacy of the Group’s procedures for 

employees to report wrongdoing or raise concerns and 
reviewing the systems in place to detect and prevent bribery, 
fraud and money laundering

•  To monitor compliance with the UK corporate governance 

guidelines contained in the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) 
Code in respect of audit and risk committees

Activities during the year
The Committee met three times during the financial year under 
review, and also met privately with the external auditor.

Meetings of the Committee were attended, at the invitation of 
the Chair, by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive 
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the external auditor. 
The Committee met with the external auditor once during 
the year without the Executive Directors being present. 
The Company Secretary acted as secretary to the Committee.

The following sections describe the work of the Committee 
during the year ended 31 August 2021.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

77

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audit and Risk Committee report continued

Review of financial statements
The Committee monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements and has reviewed the presentation and content of the 
Group’s interim and preliminary results announcements and the 
Annual Report. It considered whether the Annual Report was fair, 
balanced and understandable, as well as the appropriateness 
and disclosure of accounting policies, key judgements and key 
estimates. As part of this review, it considered matters raised by 
the CFO together with reports presented by the external auditor 
summarising the findings of their annual audit. 

The significant accounting judgements considered for the year 
ended 31 August 2021 were:

•  Review of the valuation and recoverability of goodwill and other 

intangible assets. The Committee considered the carrying 
value of goodwill and intangible assets in relation to Vadotech, 
rFpro and DRI against the latest forecasts for the businesses 
concerned and the future strategic plan for the Group. The 
Committee was satisfied that the valuation is appropriate and 
that no impairment is required

•  Review of revenue recognition on long-term contracts. The 

Group has established processes in relation to estimating the 
stage of completion, milestones and expected profitability of 
long-term contracts. The Committee reviewed these 
assumptions and was satisfied that they are appropriate
•  Review of the going concern assumption. The Group has 
substantial cash resources and a £15m undrawn revolving 
credit facility. In the current environment, particular emphasis 
was placed on the review of the going concern assessment 
and viability statement, particularly with regard to the impact of 
COVID-19. The Committee reviewed the adequacy of the Group’s 
financial resources to ensure there is sufficient headroom to 
enable the Group to continue trading for the foreseeable 
future. The Group’s future funding requirements were also 
considered. Based on its review of the Group’s forecasts and 
discussions with the external auditor, the Committee 
recommended to the Board the adoption of the going concern 
basis for the preparation of the interim and full year results

The Committee reviewed the form and content of the 2021 
Annual Report and confirmed to the Board that, taken as a whole, 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable. The 
Committee also concluded that the Annual Report provides the 
information necessary to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 

External audit
Crowe LLP was re-appointed as external auditor at the 2021 AGM. 

The Audit and Risk Committee reviewed the audit plan 
including scope and materiality thresholds. It also considered 
the independence and objectivity of the external auditor, and 
reviewed the effectiveness of the audit process through inviting 
feedback from people involved with the external auditor’s work 
across the business, and additional meetings between the 
Chair of the Committee and the audit partner. The Committee 
received confirmation from the auditor that it had complied with 
independence rules and with the Ethical Standards for Auditors. 
Having reviewed the audit plan, audit findings report and 
enquiries of management, the Committee concluded that audit 
effectiveness was satisfactory.

The Committee also reviewed the nature, extent, impact on 
objectivity and cost of non-audit services provided by the auditor. 
During the year, Crowe provided no non-audit services. The 
Committee concluded that the external auditor was independent 
during the financial year. 

The auditor independence policy, which was reviewed by the 
Committee during the year, prohibits the provision of certain 
non-audit services by the external auditor, in line with regulatory 
requirements and UK ethical guidance. It requires the Committee’s 
prior approval of any individual non-audit services with a fee 
above £25,000, or £50,000 in any aggregate in any financial year. 

Crowe has been the Group’s external auditor for a number of 
years. In light of this and the continued expansion of the Group, 
the Committee will consider annually whether the re-appointment 
of Crowe remains appropriate. Following consideration of all the 
matters noted above, the Committee has recommended that Crowe 
be appointed as auditor for the year ending 31 August 2022.

78

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Risk and internal control framework
During the year, the Committee reviewed the Group’s risk, 
compliance and internal control framework. 

This included:

•  Reviewing and updating the Group’s delegation of authority 

framework, in order to ensure appropriate controls are in place 
for the approval of certain matters and actions relating to 
expenditure, contractual exposure and other potential liability 
for the Group

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 

environment and how this can be strengthened through the 
design and implementation of the new ERP system
•  Reviewing the provision of internal oversight and the 

development of internal audit

•  Reviewing the ongoing development of the Group’s risk 

management framework, including assessing the Group’s 
emerging and principal risks and mitigating actions, more 
information on which can be found on pages 56 to 58 
•  Reviewing the Group’s IT security monitoring and planning 

particularly in relation to increased remote working

•  Reviewing the Group’s insurance coverage

Louise Evans
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
24 November 2021

ESG Committee report

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Embedding sustainability across all aspects of  
our business

Meetings

3

ESG Committee members
•  Louise Evans (Chair) (appointed 5 August 2020)
•  Dick Elsy (appointed 5 August 2020)
•  James Routh (appointed 5 August 2020)

Dear shareholders
I am delighted to present my first report as Chair of our new 
ESG Committee.

ESG is an intrinsic part of our purpose to accelerate our customers’ 
drive towards net zero emissions and to improve road safety and 
the automation of vehicle applications through leadership and 
innovation in engineering and technology.

The ESG Committee was set up during the year to provide 
oversight of the various ESG activities which are embedded 
throughout our business and to set the overall ESG strategy.

Role and activities
The role of the Committee includes:

•  Promoting the Group’s contribution to road safety and the 

associated reduction in road accidents and fatalities

•  Promoting the Group’s sustainability objectives by assisting 
in the roll out of electric vehicles and other lower carbon 
transport technologies
•  Setting the ESG strategy
•  Reviewing the Group’s ESG policies, programmes, 

targets and initiatives 

“ ESG is an intrinsic part of our 
purpose and fundamental to 
ensuring successful, long-term 
outcomes for our business, 
for our employees and for 
the community”

Activities during the year
The Committee met 3 times during the year to set out the 
Committee’s role, develop the ESG strategy and bring together 
the current activities under coherent policies and procedures. 

We have set our environmental goal to be carbon neutral by 2030 
and are already making good progress against this objective. 

Employee health and safety and wellbeing is of paramount 
importance and this year the Group launched its employee 
engagement programme, developed the Code of Conduct and 
also introduced its vision and values programme, developed and 
led by a group of employees.

Building on the already well-established governance programme, 
a continuous improvement approach has been adopted to 
formalise ESG policies and procedures.

Looking forward
In the coming year we plan to continue with the implementation 
of our strategy and refine our ESG performance metrics.

Louise Evans
ESG Committee Chair
24 November 2021

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

79

Remuneration Committee report

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Aligning remuneration to performance

Meetings

3

Remuneration Committee members
•  Richard Hickinbotham (Chair) (from 1 July 2021)
•  Dick Elsy (Chair) (until 1 July 2021)
•  Louise Evans

Key activities for the year
•  Setting appropriate annual incentive measures and targets 

for Executive Directors and Senior Management

•  Reviewing the operation of the LTIP scheme to ensure 

alignment with the Company’s strategy
•  Oversight of wider workforce remuneration
•  Reviewing best practice and the latest views from investors 

and proxy agencies

Dear shareholders

Foreword 
I am pleased to present my first report as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, having taken over the appointment 
from Dick Elsy on 1 July 2021 when he became the Chairman 
of the Group. The Committee’s terms of reference were reviewed 
and updated during the year and can be found on the AB 
Dynamics website.

The report comprises:

•  My annual report on the activities of the Remuneration 

Committee during the year 

•  The annual report on remuneration, which explains how the 
Directors’ remuneration policy was implemented in 2021 

•  A summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy
•  An overview of how the policy will be implemented in 2022 

The Committee is conscious of the need to demonstrate good 
governance and has reflected on shareholder feedback received 
during the past year. Whilst we recognise our status as an AIM 
quoted company and the associated disclosure requirements, 
we have adopted remuneration structures which reflect good 
practice together with providing greater transparency in reporting 
to ensure that our approach is clear to all of our stakeholders. 

In particular I would highlight the following features:

•  This Remuneration Committee report will be put to an advisory 
vote at the AGM in January 2022, providing direct engagement 
with shareholders

•  The annual bonus for Executive Directors is based on key metrics 
and stretching targets, and includes a three-year deferral, aligning 
Executive Directors with the longer-term business strategy

“ Our remuneration policy reflects 
market best practice”

80

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration Committee report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Foreword continued
•  Awards made under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) have a 
three-year performance period (based on TSR and EPS) and 
a further two-year holding period. This is to align Executive 
Directors to the delivery of the long-term strategy of the Group 
and drive long-term value for shareholders 

Pay outcomes 
Despite the macroeconomic challenges the business performed 
well. As a result, the annual bonus paid out 64% against the 
maximum opportunity. The first award under the long-term 
incentive plan is not scheduled to vest until FY 2022 given its 
three-year vesting schedule. 

•  Awards under the long-term incentive plan are subject to 

malus and clawback provisions

•  There are shareholding guidelines in place for the 

Executive Directors

Performance outcomes
The Group delivered strong progress against its strategic 
priorities and a robust financial performance, despite continued 
macroeconomic challenges due to the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic, Brexit, and foreign exchange volatility. 

Whilst the first half of the financial year continued to be impacted by 
COVID-19, the second half was very strong with record levels of order 
intake, revenue and cash-generation. Overall results for the year 
showed revenue growth of 6% to £65.4m, while operating profit 
reduced by 4% after planned investment in capability and capacity 
and new product development. 

Further developments against the Group’s strategic priorities 
included the acquisition of Vadotech Group, strengthening our 
presence in the key Asia Pacific region, the launch of several new 
track test products and the enhancement and restructuring of the 
management team to align with our market approach.

In line with the Remuneration Policy and the need to retain 
Executive Directors with the required skills and experience to deliver 
the growth strategy for AB Dynamics, the Remuneration Committee 
has agreed that James Routh and Sarah Matthews-DeMers will 
both receive a base salary increase of 9.7% with effect from 
1 September 2021. Both Directors were hired well below the market 
median and the increase is reflective of strong performance of 
both individuals and the Company. This increase will bring them 
progressively towards median levels for companies of similar 
size and complexity.

Looking forward
The Remuneration Committee has agreed that for the financial 
year 2022 the target bonus in respect of financial returns will 
reduce from 60% of salary to 50% with personal objectives rising 
to 50% from 40%. The Committee believes that this provides an 
appropriate balance to the delivery of key strategic objectives 
that will underpin the growth and development of the Group. The 
Committee retains discretion to amend formulaic outcomes to 
ensure alignment of pay with performance of the business and to 
take account of personal performance.

It is the intention of the Remuneration Committee to consult with 
our larger shareholders and investor bodies after publication of 
this report with a view to putting in place revised long-term 
incentive arrangements to better retain our key Executives and 
focus them on the execution of our strategy and growth plans. In 
particular, given the Company’s focus on developing and 
implementing a detailed ESG strategy, the Remuneration 
Committee will review performance metrics with a view to 
including ESG criteria. Other elements of remuneration will remain 
broadly the same. Full details of the new arrangements will be set 
out in the FY2022 Annual Report. The Remuneration Committee 
will also continue to keep abreast of corporate governance and 
regulatory developments to ensure the application of best 
practice and transparency.

The Committee continues to welcome feedback from 
shareholders and I hope that we receive your support in 
future remuneration related votes at our AGM.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

81

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Remuneration Committee report continued

Remuneration at a glance
This section provides an overview of our remuneration policy and outcomes for the year.

Strategic alignment of remuneration with FY 2021 KPIs

Annual bonus

R  
10%60+

  1. Financial  
  2. Product Development 
  3. Operational 
  4. Organisational 
  5. Strategic 

60% 
10% 
10% 
10% 

Long-term incentive plan

R  
50%50+

  Total shareholder return 
   Cumulative adjusted EPS,  

financial KPI 

50% 

Total shareholder return vests between median  
and upper quartile performance.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Link to strategy

Read more on pages 10 to 13

EPS vests between 5% to 20% compound 
annual growth.

82

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration policy and FY 2021 outturn

James Routh

Actual

Minimum

On target

Maximum

349

349

349

349

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

254

237

237

395

395

Actual

Minimum

On target

Maximum

265

265

265

265

154

144

144

240

240

  Fixed pay 

  Annual bonus  

  LTIP

The long-term incentive plan was first implemented in  
FY 2019 and includes annual LTIP awards in accordance with  
our remuneration policy.

Due to the three-year vesting schedule no amount vested  
in FY 2021.

On target assumes the annual bonus and LTIP vest at 60% of 
maximum for FY 2021. No share price appreciation is included.

10
+
+
10
+
+
10
+
10
+
+
R
+
50
+
+
R
Remuneration Committee report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Remuneration policy

Executive Directors
Element

Purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Base salary

To attract and retain Executive Directors 
with the required skills and experience to 
deliver ABD’s continued growth strategy 

Base salaries are reviewed on an annual 
basis with any changes effective 
1 September each year

There is no maximum salary although salary 
levels are set to progressively move towards 
median levels for companies of similar size, 
operational and geographic complexity 

Benefits

To provide market competitive benefits

Pensions

Competitive to market to reward sustained 
contribution by Executive Directors

Benefits may include medical cover, critical 
life and death in service insurance. Other 
benefits may be awarded as appropriate 
and include relocation

Contributions to a Director’s pension as 
appropriate. This may include contribution 
to a money purchase scheme or payment  
of a cash allowance where appropriate 

Benefits may vary by role and individual 
circumstances and are periodically 
reviewed

Maximum Company contribution of 10%. 
This aligns with the pension available to 
ABD's UK workforce

Annual performance 
related bonus

To reward and incentivise based on the 
achievement of the budget and other 
business-related objectives

Financial and non-financial performance 
targets are set and reviewed by the 
Remuneration Committee

Maximum of 125% of base salary for the 
Chief Executive Officer and 100% for the 
Chief Financial Officer 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan  
(LTIP)

To align Executive Directors to the delivery 
of the long-term strategy of the Group and 
provide long-term value for shareholders 

20% of any bonus earned is deferred into 
shares for three years

For FY 2022 on target performance is  
50% of maximum (previously 60%) and 
performance below threshold results in  
zero payment. Threshold is set at 10% 
below our budget for the year

Performance is assessed against rolling 
three-year performance periods. Awards 
vest at the end of the three-year 
performance period with 60% released  
after year three and 20% in each of the 
following two years 

Shareholding objectives apply to ensure 
Executive Directors build up to a minimum 
of 150% of salary within five years

LTIP awards are subject to malus and 
clawback provisions

The maximum opportunity is nil-cost 
options to the value of 125% of base salary 
for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% of 
base salary for the Chief Financial Officer 

No more than 25% of the award will be 
payable at threshold performance 

Base salary levels and corresponding 
increases are based on individual 
experience, skills and Company 
performance along with competitiveness 
against similar companies 

Not performance related

No performance metrics applicable 

Half of the bonus is related to financial 
performance criteria based on the budget 
approved by the Committee. A proportion 
of the potential bonus relates to current 
business priorities. KPI’s and performance 
weightings may vary from year to year

The Committee has discretion to adjust 
formulaic bonus outcomes to ensure 
alignment of pay with the underlying 
performance of the business over the 
financial year and to take account of personal 
performance over the course of the year

Awards will be granted subject to the 
achievement of performance targets set by 
the Remuneration Committee. Currently 
these are based on EPS growth and Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) vs the AIM 100 

The Remuneration Committee may adjust 
formulaic LTIP outcomes to ensure 
alignment of pay with performance and 
to ensure the outcome is a true reflection 
of the performance of the Company

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

83

Remuneration Committee report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Remuneration policy continued 

Recruitment policy
Upon recruitment of an Executive Director, the remuneration package will be in line with the remuneration policy, subject to the Committee 
having discretion that buy-out awards (or any other means in order to facilitate the recruitment of an Executive Director) are reasonably necessary.

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration policy

Non-Executive Directors
Element

Purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees 

To attract and retain 
a Chairman and 
independent 
Non-Executive Directors 
with the required skills 
and experience 

Paid monthly in arrears 
and reviewed each 
year. Any reasonable 
business-related 
expenses can 
be reimbursed 

The Chairman’s and 
Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees are determined by 
relevant benchmark data 

Annual review by the Board 

Annual report on remuneration
This section sets out how the remuneration policy was applied for the year ending 31 August 2021.

Single figure table for Executives

Incentive schemes
The annual bonus scheme paid out at 64% against the maximum 
opportunity. This is based on a balance of financial performance 
within the target range and delivery of non-financial objectives.

No award under the long-term incentive plan is scheduled to vest 
until FY 2022 due to the three-year vesting schedule. 

Legacy share options
James Routh and Sarah Matthews-DeMers currently have awards 
that continue to vest under the previous share option plan as 
referenced in prior disclosures. These awards, made during FY 
2019 to James Routh and FY 2020 to Sarah Matthews-DeMers 
prior to the implementation of the long-term incentive plan, vest 
over a period of two to three years, provided the Director remains 
in employment. The exercise price of the FY 2020 scheme 
is currently above market price.

During FY 2021, following vesting of 33,333 options, James Routh 
sold 27,478 ordinary shares in order to meet the cost of the exercise 
and to satisfy personal taxation liabilities arising from the exercise, 
retaining 5,855 shares.

Sarah Matthews-DeMers has not exercised any outstanding awards.

Pay element

Base salary

Taxable benefits

Pensions 

Annual performance bonus 

LTIP3

Gain on exercise of share options

Total

Of which:

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

James Routh

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

2021
£’000

316 1

1

32

254

—

267

870

349

521

2020
£’000

310

1

31

116

—

173

631

342

289

2021
£’000

240 1

2020
£’000

196 2

1

24

154

—

—

419

265

154

1

20

59

—

—

276

217

59

1.  James Routh and Sarah Matthews-DeMers received an inflationary increase in base salary of 3% as disclosed in FY 2020 Directors’ remuneration report.

2.  Sarah Matthews-DeMers commenced as Chief Financial Officer on 4 November 2019, which equates to a full year equivalent salary for 2020 of £235,000.

3.  Due to the three-year vesting schedule of the current LTIP award, no amount vested in FY 2021 as it was granted in FY 2019. 

84

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration Committee report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Single figure table for Non-Executive Directors

Pay element

Fees 

Dick Elsy4

Richard
Hickinbotham

Louise Evans5

Anthony Best1

Graham Eves2

Bryan Smart3

2021
£’000

50

2020
£’000

4

2021
£’000

45

2020
£’000

45

2021
£’000

45

2020
£’000

19

2021
£’000

63

2020
£’000

75

2021
£’000

—

2020
£’000

45

2021
£’000

—

2020
£’000

19

For the year ending 31 August 2022, the Chairman’s and Non-Executive Directors’ fees have increased to £95,000  
and £55,000 (including a Committee Chair fee of £10,000) respectively. 

LTIP awards made during the year

1.  Anthony Best retired from the Board on 1 July 2021.

2.  Graham Eves retired from the Board on 31 August 2020.

3.  Bryan Smart retired from the Board on 15 January 2020.

4.  Dick Elsy was appointed to the Board on 1 August 2020.

5.  Louise Evans was appointed to the Board on 6 April 2020.

Executive Director

James Routh 

Sarah Matthews-DeMers 

Share awards
 made during 2021

Award basis

Grant date

Face value of award at 
maximum vesting (£)

Vesting date

Performance conditions

21,917

13,292

125% of base salary

2 December 2020

100% of base salary

2 December 2020

387,500

235,000

2 December 2023

2 December 2023

EPS & TSR

EPS & TSR

Directors’ interests in shares
Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company, including related parties, were as follows: 

Directors

Anthony Best1

James Routh

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

1.  Anthony Best retired from the Board on 1 July 2021.

2.  Shareholdings of 5.0% of gross salary are to be built up within five years of appointment.

Directors’ interest in long-term incentive awards

Ordinary shares of 1p each

Shareholding
 Guidelines 2

Shareholding 
Guidelines Met

5,926,107

13,193

349

N/A

150%

150%

N/A

No

No 

Directors

James Routh

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

Legacy share options

Long-term incentive plan

Exercise price

£12.30

£21.40

As at  
1 September 
2020

66,667

60,000

Awarded 
during the year

Exercised 
during the year

—

—

33,333

—

As at 
31 August 
2021

33,334

60,000

As at  
1 September 
2020

Awarded 
during the year

Exercised 
during the year

18,278

11,085

21,917

13,292

—

—

As at  
31 August  
2021

40,195

24,377

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

85

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Remuneration Committee report continued

CEO pay ratio
AB Dynamics has a range of policies and practices to ensure that all employees are fairly rewarded for the work they undertake. For all 
employees we offer a total reward package that includes market competitive salaries and a bonus scheme which allows employees to 
share in the success of the Group. The senior management team are also eligible for awards under the long-term incentive plan which 
provides closer alignment to the shareholder experience.

The table below shows our CEO’s and average employee’s total remuneration for 2020 and 2021. The CEO pay ratio has increased during 
the year due to an annual bonus award reflecting performance against financial and personal objectives. The average pay per employee 
has remained the same despite pay increases and bonus awards in the existing Group, due to the acquisition of Vadotech, which 
significantly increased the number of employees in lower wage geographies.

We are satisfied that the pay ratio is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for our employees.

FY

2021

2020

Total remuneration

James Routh

Average 
employee

£870,000

£64,000

£631,000

£64,000

Ratio

14:1

9:1

Directors’ contracts 
The Executive Directors have rolling service contracts that are subject to twelve months’ notice. The Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors do not have contracts of service. 

Remuneration Committee 
activities for 2021
During the year, the Committee considered: 

•  Salary reviews for the Executive Directors and 

senior management 

•  The 2021 annual bonus plan outturn
•  Approval of the 2022 annual bonus plan financial targets 

and personal objectives for the Executive Directors

•  Approval of 2021 LTIP awards and performance conditions
•  The use of discretion
•  Review of the Remuneration Committee report 

Advisers
PwC provided services to the Committee for the year ended 
31 August 2021. In addition, EY advised on the disclosures in this 
Remuneration Committee report.

Payments to past Directors
On 1 July 2021 Anthony Best retired from the Board and was 
appointed as a special adviser to the Group on a retainer of 
£1,000 per month.

Loss of office
There were no loss of office payments made during the year.

Richard Hickinbotham
Remuneration Committee Chair
24 November 2021

86

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Directors’ report

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index to principal Directors’ report and other required governance and compliance disclosures
This section contains information which the Directors are required by law and regulation to include within the Annual Report and Accounts. Where relevant information (required to be disclosed in the 
Directors’ report) is located in more detail elsewhere in this document, please refer to the table below: 

Information

Business review

Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk management and internal controls

Disclosure of information to auditor

Dividend recommendation for the year

Strategy and future developments of the Company

Directors who held office during the year

Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in place

Director skills, experience and independence

Rules governing the appointment of Directors

Powers of Directors

Structure of share capital, including restrictions and the transfer of securities, voting rights and significant shareholders

Non-financial information statement

Articles of Association and the rules governing changes to them

Company’s energy usage and greenhouse gas emissions

Research and development

Director remuneration details

Corporate social responsibility

Employee engagement

Employment policies

The Company’s S172(1) statement

Stakeholder engagement

Section in Annual Report

Strategic report

Strategic report 

Risk management

Directors’ report

Strategic report – Chairman’s statement 

Strategic report

Governance – Board of Directors

Governance – Directors’ report, 
Statement of corporate governance 

Governance – Board of Directors

Governance

Governance

Directors’ report

Strategic report

Directors’ report

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report

Remuneration Committee report

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Principal decisions taken by the Company arising from or influenced by stakeholder engagement

Statement of corporate governance

Accounting standards applied 

Performance evaluation

Directors’ report, note 1 of financial statements 

Nomination Committee report

Pages

1 to 58

56 to 58

56 to 57

89

7

9 to 19

60 to 61

71

60 to 61

68

68

88 to 89

1 to 58

88

37 to 39

32

80 to 86

40 to 41

4

40 to 43

50 to 53

50 to 51

72 to 73

99

76

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

87

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Directors’ report continued

Company information

Shareholder information

Articles of Association 
The Company’s Articles of Association may be amended by 
special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Strategic report 
The Strategic report is set out on pages 1 to 58 and was approved 
by the Board on 24 November 2021. It is signed on behalf of the 
Board by James Routh, Chief Executive Officer. 

Cautionary statement 
The review of the business and its future development in the 
Annual Report has been prepared solely to provide additional 
information to shareholders to allow individual shareholders to 
consider the Group’s strategies and make their own assessment 
of the potential for these strategies to succeed. It should not be 
relied on by any other party for any other purpose. The review 
contains forward-looking statements which are made by the 
Directors in good faith based on information available to them up 
to the time of the approval of these reports, as such they should 
be treated with caution due to inherent uncertainties associated 
with such statements. 

Employees
The average number of persons, including Directors, employed 
by the Group including its overseas subsidiaries and their 
remuneration is set out on pages 84 to 85 and in note 6 to the 
financial statements. Other information about the Group’s 
employee engagement, diversity and inclusion policies is set out 
in the People Potential section of ESG strategy, and Corporate 
Social Responsibility section starting on page 40. The Group-
wide gender diversity split as at 1 September 2021 was 18% 
female and 82% male.

Greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) 
The Group recognises and strives to minimise its impact on 
the environment. This year our main environmental focus has 
been on clean inputs and responsible consumption. Further 
information including the Group’s carbon emissions and energy 
consumption data can be found on pages 37 to 39.

88

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Incorporation and principal activity
AB Dynamics plc is domiciled in England and registered in 
England and Wales under Company Number 8393914. At the 
date of this report there were 22,622,344 ordinary shares of 1p 
each in issue, all of which are fully paid up and quoted on the 
London Stock Exchange’s AIM market. The principal activity of 
the Group is the design, manufacture and supply to the global 
automotive and mobility sectors of advanced testing systems, 
simulation products and testing services. A description and 
review of the activities of the Group during the financial year and 
an indication of future developments is set out on pages 1 to 58. 

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held at 11am on 
Wednesday 12 January 2022 at Tulchan Communications, 
2nd Floor, 85 Fleet Street London EC4Y 1AE. The Notice of the 
AGM, which is a separate document, will be sent to all shareholders 
and will be published on the AB Dynamics plc website. 

Substantial shareholdings
At 29 October 2021, the Company had been notified of the 
following interests amounting to 3% or more of the voting rights 
in its ordinary share capital:

Percentage of 
ordinary share capital

Share capital
The rights attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, as well 
as the powers of the Company’s Directors, are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association, copies of which can be 
obtained from the Group Company Secretary and are available 
on the Company’s website. The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions 
on the transfers of securities and/or voting rights. No person 
holds securities in the Company carrying special rights with 
regard to control of the Company. 

Employee share plans
For details of the Company Share Option Plan, under which 
138,872 non-transferable options were granted to employees in 
October 2019, and the Group’s ongoing Long-term Incentive Plan, 
the conditional arrangement under which contingent share 
awards can be made to selected senior management, including 
the Executive Directors, are set out in the Remuneration 
Committee report and in note 26 of the Accounts.

Restrictions on transfer of shares
The Board may in its absolute discretion refuse to register a 
transfer of a certificated share that is not fully paid, provided that 
the refusal does not prevent dealings in shares in the Company 
from taking place on an open and proper basis. The Board may 
also refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share, unless the 
instrument of transfer is: 

Anthony Best

Castlefield Investments

Naemi Best

BlackRock Investment Management

Charles Stanley

Tellworth Investments

Danske Bank Asset Management

Liontrust Asset Management

19.7

13.4

6.5

4.0

3.7

3.2

3.0

3.0

(i) 

 Duly stamped or duly certified or otherwise shown to the 
satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty, 
lodged at the Transfer Office or at such other place as the 
Board may appoint and (save in the case of a transfer by a 
person to whom no certificate was issued in respect of the 
shares in question) accompanied by the certificate for the 
shares to which it relates, and such other evidence as the 
Board may reasonably require to show the right of the 
transferor to make the transfer and, if the instrument of 
transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, 
the authority of that person so to do 

As far as the Directors are aware, there were no other interests 
above 3% of the issued ordinary share capital.

(ii)  In respect of only one class of shares

(iii)  In favour of not more than four persons jointly 

Directors’ report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Directors’ insurance 
The Group has in place a Directors and Officers Liability Insurance 
Policy which provides cover for the personal liability which the 
Company’s Directors and officers may face. This remains in force 
at the date of this report.

Approved for and on behalf of the Board. 

Dr James Routh  
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Elsy CBE
Non-Executive Chairman

AB Dynamics plc 
Company Number: 8393914
24 November 2021

Restrictions on transfer of shares continued
There are no other restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares 
in the Company except certain restrictions which may from time 
to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example insider 
trading laws); or where a shareholder with at least a 0.25% interest 
in the Company’s certificated shares has been served with a 
disclosure notice and has failed to provide the Company with 
information concerning interests in those shares. 

Related party disclosures (AIM Rule 19)
There is no information to be disclosed by the Company in 
respect of related party transactions, except for: 

• 

 Share options and long-term incentive schemes awarded to 
Executive Directors (see the Remuneration Committee report)

•  Provision of services by controlling shareholder (see the 

Remuneration Committee report)

•  Agreements with controlling shareholders (see related party 

note 25 of the financial statements)

Mr A Best, former Chairman of the Company, is a trustee and 
beneficiary of the Best Middleton Trust. Rental payments of 
£44,000 (2020: £48,000) were made in the year to the Trust. In 
July 2021 the lease was terminated and therefore all agreements 
with a controlling shareholder have now ceased. 

Financial information 

Results and dividends
The profit for the financial year attributable to shareholders was 
£2,985,000 (2020: £4,022,000). The Directors recommend a 
total final dividend of 3.24p per ordinary share (2020: 4.4p), to be 
paid, if approved, on 28 January 2022. The results are shown 
more fully in the consolidated financial statements on pages 95 
to 98 and summarised in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on 
pages 30 to 33. 

Independent auditor 
A resolution to re-appoint Crowe LLP (Crowe) as the Group’s 
external auditor will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM, in 
accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ report confirms that: 

•  So far as that Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware 

•  That Director has taken all the steps that ought to have been 
taken as a Director in order to be aware of any information 
needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing 
its report and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware 
of the information 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ assessment of going concern
At 31 August 2021 the Company had net current assets of 
£25,492,000 (2020: £29,503,000) with the main current asset 
being amounts owed from its subsidiary Anthony Best Dynamics 
Limited, amounting to £17,630,000 (2020: £20,477,000).

Going concern
The Directors have assessed the principal risks discussed on 
pages 56 to 58, including by modelling a severe but plausible 
downside scenario for COVID-19, whereby the Group experiences:

•  A significant reduction in demand over the next two 

• 

• 

• 

financial years

 Supply chain disruption 

 Delays in collection of cash from customers

Increase in input costs resulting in reduction in gross margin 
to 40%

With £23.3m of cash at 31 August 2021 and a £15m undrawn 
revolving credit facility, in this severe downside scenario, the 
Group has sufficient headroom to be able to continue to operate 
for the foreseeable future. The Directors believe that the Group is 
well placed to manage its financing and other business risks 
satisfactorily and have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
will have adequate resources to continue in operation for at least 
twelve months from the signing date of this Annual Report. They 
therefore consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

89

 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare such financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, they have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union and in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 and applicable law and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK 
Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice). 

Under Company law, the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and 
of their profit or loss for that year. In preparing each of the Group 
and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are 
required to: 

•  Select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently
•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent

•  State whether applicable accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements 

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Parent Company will continue in business

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Parent Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities. 

They are further responsible for ensuring that the Strategic report 
and the Directors’ report and other information included in the 
Annual Report and Accounts are prepared in accordance with 
applicable law in the United Kingdom. 

The maintenance and integrity of the AB Dynamics plc website 
is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the 
auditor does not involve the consideration of these matters and, 
accordingly, the auditor accepts no responsibility for any changes 
that may have occurred in the accounts since they were initially 
presented on the website. 

Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of the accounts and the other information included 
in Annual Reports may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Directors’ responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of 
the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole 

•  The Strategic report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties that they face

•  The Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of 
Directors on 24 November 2021 and is signed on its behalf by:

Dr James Routh 
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Elsy CBE
Non-Executive Chairman

Registered office: Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, 
Wiltshire BA15 1GB

90

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements of AB Dynamics plc 
(the “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for 
the year ended 31 August 2021, which comprise:

•  the Group statement of comprehensive income for the year 

ended 31 August 2021;

•  the Group and parent company statements of financial 

position as at 31 August 2021;

•  the Group and parent company statements of changes in 

equity for the year then ended 31 August 2021;

•  the Group statement of cash flows for the year then ended 

31 August 2021; and

•  the notes to the financial statements, including a summary 

of significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law 
and in accordance with International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the parent company financial statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including Financial Reporting Standard 102 The Financial 
Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland 
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of 
the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 August 
2021 and of the Group’s profit for the period then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we 
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our 
evaluation of the directors assessment of the group’s and parent 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  Reviewing management’s financial projections for the Group 

and parent company for a period of more than 12 months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements.

•  Checking the numerical accuracy of management’s financial 

projections

•  Challenging management on the assumptions underlying 

those projections and sensitised them to reduce anticipated 
net cash inflows from future trading activities.

•  Obtained the latest management results post year end 

31 August 2021 to review how the Group and parent company 
are trending toward achieving the forecast.

•  Performed sensitivity analysis on key inputs of the forecast by 

calculating the impact of various scenarios and considering the 
impact on the group and parent Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern in the event that a downward scenario occurs.

•  Assessing the completeness and accuracy of the matters 

described in the going concern disclosure within the significant 
accounting policies as set out in Note 2.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report. 

Overview of our audit approach
Materiality

In planning and performing our audit we applied the concept of 
materiality. An item is considered material if it could reasonably 
be expected to change the economic decisions of a user of the 
financial statements.

We used the concept of materiality to both focus our testing 
and to evaluate the impact of misstatements identified.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined overall 
materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be 
£500,000 (2020 £450,000), based on 5% of normalised Group profit 
before tax. Materiality for the parent company financial statements was 
set at £115,000 (2020: £60,000) based on a percentage of net assets. 

We use a different level of materiality (‘performance materiality’) 
to determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the financial 
statements. Performance materiality is set based on the audit 
materiality as adjusted for the judgements made as to the entity 
risk and our evaluation of the specific risk of each audit area 
having regard to the internal control environment. We determined 
performance materiality for the Group financial statements as a 
whole to be £350,000 (2020: £315,000). Performance materiality 
for the parent company financial statements was set at £80,500 
(2020: £42,000).

Where considered appropriate performance materiality may be 
reduced to a lower level, such as, for related party transactions 
and directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the audit committee to report to it all identified 
errors in excess of £17,500 (2020: £16,875). Errors below that 
threshold would also be reported to it if, in our opinion as auditor, 
disclosure was required on qualitative grounds.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

91

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Overview of our audit approach continued
Overview of the scope of our audit

The main trading Group and its principal subsidiary are accounted for from one central location, the Group’s registered office. 

The Group has a significant component in the United Kingdom, rFpro Limited, who’s accounting records are currently held at the location of this business in Southampton. Our audit of this entity was 
completed remotely. 

The Group also has a significant component based in the United States of America, being the DRI business acquired on 30 August 2019. A member of the Crowe Global international network was engaged to 
perform procedures locally under our direction and review.

The Group also has a significant component based in Singapore, being the Vadotech business acquired on 3 March 2021. A local audit firm was engaged to perform procedures locally under our direction 
and review. 

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

Revenue recognition and accounting for long-term contracts

Revenue is recognised in accordance with the accounting policy set out in the 
financial statements. The accounting policy contains a number of judgements, 
particularly in recognising when the performance obligations are satisfied. This is 
determined with reference to the underlying contract with the purchaser. 

For certain projects the Company recognises revenue over the period of the contract. 

The Group uses the percentage of completion method to determine the appropriate 
amount of revenue to recognise in a given period. This is measured by the 
proportion that contract costs incurred for work performed to date bear to the 
estimated total contract costs. A number of judgements are made by management 
in making its assessment of estimated costs and profitability. 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
•  We assessed that the accounting policy conformed with the requirements of IFRS15 and then tested its 

application to a sample of contracts. 

•  We performed cut off testing to ensure revenue is being recorded in the correct period. 
•  Our work on long-term contracts focused on validating that estimated contract costs which include staff costs, 

overheads and material costs are appropriate and accurately estimated and also ensuring that the use of costs as 
a measure of progress is appropriate. 

•  We assessed whether cut off has been correctly applied and that any resulting work in progress and other entries 

are appropriate. 

•  We considered the original budget for the contract and compared this to actual costs to validate how the contract 

has performed and enquired into any events which could change this assessment. 

92

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Overview of our audit approach continued
Key Audit Matters continued

Key audit matter

Valuation of intangible assets and goodwill

The Group’s intangible assets comprise of goodwill arising on acquisition of subsidiaries, 
customer relationships, brand and technology assets.

When assessing the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, management 
makes judgements regarding the appropriate cash generating unit, strategy, future 
trading and profitability and the assumptions underlying these. We considered the 
risk that goodwill and/or other intangible assets were impaired.

Acquisition accounting

On 3 March, the Group acquired a number of entities known as the Vadotech 
group for cash consideration of €20 million with a conditional cash payment of up to 
€6 million subject to certain performance criteria being achieved for the year ending 
December 2021.

Accounting for business combinations is complex and requires the recognition of 
both consideration paid and acquired assets and liabilities at the acquisition date at 
fair value, which can involve significant judgement and estimates. There is a risk that 
inappropriate assumptions could result in material errors in acquisition accounting.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
•  We evaluated, in comparison to the requirements set out in IAS 36, management’s assessment (using discounted 

cash flow models) as to whether goodwill and/or other intangible assets were impaired.

•  We challenged, reviewed and considered by reference to external evidence, management’s impairment and fair 

value models as appropriate and their key estimates, including the discount rate. We reviewed the 
appropriateness and consistency of the process for making such estimates.

•  We obtained management’s discounted cash flow models supporting the intangible asset valuation. We challenged 

the key assumptions into the model, including the forecast revenue and gross margin, discount rates and growth rates.

•  We compared cash flow forecasts used in the impairment review to historical performance, and challenged 

where forecasts indicated performance that deviated significantly from historical performance, in the absence of 
significant changes in the business or market environment.

•  Discount rates and terminal growth rates were benchmarked to externally derived data and our knowledge of 

sector performance, to evaluate the reasonableness of these assumptions.

•  Sensitivity analysis was performed by management on the key assumptions such as growth, margin and discount 
rates to identify those assumptions to which that the goodwill or intangible asset valuation was highly sensitive. 
We have applied further sensitivity to create a worst case scenario and challenged management on the likelihood 
of such a scenario occurring, and on what remedial actions would be taken 

•  We obtained a copy of the sale and purchase agreement to confirm the initial consideration for these acquisitions, 

as well as assessing the accounting for the conditional elements of the acquisition.

•  We performed audit work on the acquisition balance sheet to confirm the assets and liabilities which comprise the 

acquired businesses as at date of acquisition and are used in the calculation of goodwill.

•  We reviewed the work undertaken by the independent firm who performed the valuation of intangible assets 

identified at date of acquisition and assessed and challenged the provisional fair value attributed to these intangible 
assets, involving our own valuation specialists.

•  We assessed the disclosures made are in line with IFRS 3

Our audit procedures in relation to these matters were designed in the context of our audit opinion as a whole. They were not designed to enable us to express an opinion on these matters individually and 
we express no such opinion.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

93

Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion based on the work undertaken in the course of 
our audit 

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ 
report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•  the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in 

accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the 
parent company and their environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the 
strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

Responsibilities of the directors for the 
financial statements
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set 
out on page 67, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group’s and parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate 

94

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was 
considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud, is detailed below however the primary responsibility for the 
prevention and detection of fraud lies with management and 
those charged with governance of the Company.

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 

frameworks that are applicable to the Group and the 
procedures in place for ensuring compliance. The most 
significant identified were the Companies Act 2006 and the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. Our work included direct enquiry 
of the Company Secretary who oversees all legal proceedings, 
reviewing Board and relevant committee minutes and 
inspection of correspondence.

•  As part of our audit planning process we assessed the different 
areas of the financial statements, including disclosures, for the 
risk of material misstatement. This included considering the risk 
of fraud where direct enquiries were made of management and 
those charged with governance concerning both whether they 
had any knowledge of actual or suspected fraud and their 
assessment of the susceptibility of fraud. We considered the 

risk was greater in areas that involve significant management 
estimate or judgement. Based on this assessment we designed 
audit procedures to focus on the key areas of estimate or 
judgement, this included specific testing of journal 
transactions, both at the year end and throughout the year.

•  We used data analytic techniques to identify any unusual 

transactions or unexpected relationships, including 
considering the risk of undisclosed related party transactions. 

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that some material misstatements of the financial 
statements may not be detected, even though the audit is 
properly planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations are particularly significant 
in the case of misstatement resulting from fraud because fraud may 
involve sophisticated and carefully organised schemes designed to 
conceal it, including deliberate failure to record transactions, 
collusion or intentional misrepresentations being made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This 
description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

John Glasby 
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP
Statutory Auditor
London
24 November 2021

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 August 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

General and administrative expenses

Operating profit

Operating profit is analysed as:

Before depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation and amortisation 

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Other finance expense

Profit before tax

Tax expense

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to consolidated income statement:

Cash flow hedges

Exchange loss on foreign currency net investments

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share – basic (pence) 

Earnings per share – diluted (pence)

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements (see note 4).

Note

3

5

7

9

9

2021

Adjusted
£'000

Adjustments
£'000

65,380

(28,269)

37,111

(26,288)

—

—

—

Statutory
£'000

65,380

Adjusted
£'000

61,514

(28,269)

(25,592)

37,111

(6,630)

(32,918)

35,922

(24,591)

2020

Adjustments
(Restated) *
£'000

—

—

—

Statutory
(Restated) *
£'000

61,514

(25,592)

35,922

(6,574)

(31,165)

10,823

(6,630)

4,193

11,331

(6,574)

4,757

13,500

(2,677)

10,823

15

(91)

(332)

10,415

(1,895)

8,520

(31)

(614)

7,875

37.7p

37.4p

(2,198)

(4,432)

(6,630)

—

—

—

(6,630)

1,095

(5,535)

—

—

(5,535)

(24.5p)

(24.3p)

11,302

(7,109)

4,193

15

(91)

(332)

3,785

(800)

2,985

(31)

(614)

2,340

13.2p

13.1p

13,421

(2,090)

11,331

218

(30)

(564)

10,955

(1,939)

9,016

—

(1,978)

7,038

40.1p

39.9p

(3,025)

(3,549)

(6,574)

—

—

—

(6,574)

1,580

(4,994)

—

—

(4,994)

(22.2p)

(22.1p)

10,396

(5,639)

4,757

218

(30)

(564)

4,381

(359)

4,022

—

(1,978)

2,044

17.9p

17.8p

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 31 August 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2021
£’000

2020 
(Restated) *
£’000

Note

10

11

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

20

29

23

14

20

22,221

28,282

1,565

12

16,170

17,623

460

12

25,815

24,309

913

701

78,808

59,275

6,771

15,500

4,269

1,443

—

23,282

51,265

1,893

—

10,933

3,568

31

456

4,929

9,180

12,844

2,926

2,962

5,000

26,183

59,095

—

505

10,387

1,983

—

473

—

19,917

13,348

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital

Share premium

Reconstruction reserve

Merger relief reserve

Translation reserve

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

21

14

22

22

2021
£’000

6,552

511

7,063

2020 
(Restated) *
£’000

2,549

249

2,798

104,986

102,224

226

226

62,210

61,736

(11,284)

(11,284)

11,390

(2,414)

(31)

11,390

(1,800)

—

44,889

41,956

104,986

102,224

*  Restated following reclassification of fixed term deposits with a maturity date of greater than three months at inception and 

following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
24 November 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

Dr James Routh 
Director   

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Director

Company registration number: 08393914

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Acquired intangible assets

Other intangible assets

Investment

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Taxation

Fixed term deposits

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Short-term lease liabilities

Deferred consideration

96

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 August 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At 1 September 2019

Share based payments

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax on share based payments

Dividend paid

Issue of shares

At 31 August 2020

Share based payments

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax on share based payments

Dividend paid

Issue of shares

At 31 August 2021

Note

8

22

8

22

Share 
premium
£’000

Reconstruction 
reserve
£’000

Merger relief 
reserve
£’000 

Translation 
reserve
£’000

Hedging 
reserve
£’000

Share 
capital
£’000

222

—

—

—

—

4

60,049

(11,284)

11,390

—

—

—

—

1,687

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

178

—

(1,978)

—

—

—

226

61,736

(11,284)

11,390

(1,800)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

474

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(614)

—

—

—

Retained
 earnings
£’000

38,252

1,282

4,022*

(974)

(626)

—

Total 
equity
£’000

98,807

1,282

2,044*

(974)

(626)

1,691

41,956

102,224

1,139

2,985

165

1,139

2,340

165

(1,356)

(1,356)

—

474

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(31)

—

—

—

226

62,210

(11,284)

11,390

(2,414)

(31)

44,889

104,986

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

The share premium account is a non-distributable reserve representing the difference between the nominal value of shares in issue and the amounts subscribed for those shares.

The reconstruction reserve and merger relief reserve have arisen as follows:

•  The acquisition by the Company of the entire issued share capital of Anthony Best Dynamics Limited in 2013 was accounted for as a Group reconstruction. Consequently, the assets and liabilities of the 

Group were recognised at their previous book values as if the Company had always been the Parent Company of the Group.

•  The share capital for the period covered by these consolidated financial statements and the comparative periods is stated at the nominal value of the shares issued pursuant to the above share 

arrangement. Any differences between the nominal value of these shares and previously reported nominal values of shares and applicable share premium issued by Anthony Best Dynamics Limited 
were transferred to the reconstruction reserve.

Retained earnings represent the cumulative value of the profits not distributed to shareholders but retained to finance the future capital requirements of the Group.

The items included in the consolidated statement of changes in equity that relate to transactions with owners are share based payments, dividends paid and issues of shares.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

97

 
Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 August 2021

Profit before tax

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance expense/(income)

Share based payment

Acquisition costs/(credit)

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital

Decrease in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash flows from operations

Cash impact of adjusting items

Adjusted cash flows from operations

Interest received

Finance costs paid

Income tax received/(paid)

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows used in investing activities

Acquisition of businesses

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Capitalised development costs and purchased software

 2021
£’000

3,785

7,109

408

1,240

304

12,846

2,409

(3,913)

2,956

14,298

1,663

15,961

15

(154)

1,062

15,221

 (14,329)

(5,536)

(1,104)

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

4,381

5,639

(188)

1,282

(2,548)

8,566

1,992

(565)

(3,737)

6,256

654

6,910

218

—

(2,229)

4,245

(2,823)

(7,276)

(232)

Net cash used in investing activities

(20,969)

(10,331)

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Cash flows used in financing activities

Net movements in loans 

Purchase of fixed term deposits

Maturity of fixed term deposits

Dividends paid

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Repayment of lease liabilities

 2021
£’000

(493)

—

5,000

(1,356)

474

(656)

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

477

(20,000)

15,000

(626)

1,691

(592)

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

2,969

(4,050)

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

(2,779)

(10,136)

Cash, cash equivalents, and bank overdrafts at the beginning 
of the year

Effects of exchange rate changes

26,183

36,225

(122)

94

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at the end of the year

23,282

26,183

* 

 Restated following reclassification of fixed term deposits with a maturity date of greater than three months at inception and 
following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

98

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended 31 August 2021

1. General information
AB Dynamics plc is a public company limited by shares and registered in England and Wales with 
company number 08393914. The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and the registered 
office and principal place of business is Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire, BA15 1GB. The 
consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to 
as the ‘Group’).

The principal activity of the Group is the design, manufacture and development of advanced testing 
and measurement products and services to the global automotive industry. The Group’s products 
and services are used primarily for the development of road vehicles, particularly in the areas of 
active safety and autonomous systems.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are measured and presented in sterling which is the currency 
of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. They have been prepared under 
the historical cost convention, except for financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 160612002 as it 
applies in the European Union and in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting 
under IFRS. These statements have been prepared on the going concern basis, which assumes that 
the Group will continue to be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future.

During 2021 our Annual Report for the year ended 31 August 2020 was reviewed by the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC), which queried the classification of a £5m fixed term (four-month) deposit 
at 31 August 2020. 

This had been classified as cash equivalents in the balance sheet, as it was considered to be short 
term in nature. However, following correspondence with the FRC the Group has concluded that it 
is appropriate to reclassify it as a short-term deposit rather than cash equivalents as there is a 
rebuttable presumption that cash equivalents have a maturity of less than three months at the time 
of acquisition.

The balance sheet at 31 August 2020 has been re-presented accordingly with consequential 
changes to cash equivalents in the 2020 consolidated cash flow statement. Cash equivalents 
now include only those deposits with a maturity of three months or less from the acquisition date. 
The re-presentation had no impact on net assets.

The review conducted by the FRC was based solely on the Group’s published Annual Report and 
Accounts and does not provide any assurance that the Annual Report and Accounts is correct in 
all material respects.

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

New accounting standards and interpretations

During April 2021 the IFRS Interpretations Committee finalised its agenda decision regarding 
configuration and customisation costs in Cloud Computing Arrangements (Software as a Service, 
(SaaS)) under IAS 38. Previously, costs in relation to the development of ERP systems were capitalised 
as intangible assets. The agenda decision specifies that where such systems are hosted on the 
cloud, no intangible asset arises as the software is the property of the service provider. The ERP 
system currently being implemented is hosted on the cloud; therefore, the capitalised expenditure 
for development costs has now been expensed. This has given rise to a prior year adjustment of 
£0.7m to reduce other intangible assets and retained earnings. There was no impact on the opening 
balance sheet at 31 August 2019 as no costs had been incurred prior to that date.

A number of other amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period. 
The application of these amendments has not had any material impact on the disclosures, 
net assets or results of the Group.

Standards, amendments and interpretations to published standards not yet effective

The Directors have considered those standards and interpretations which have not been applied 
in the financial statements but are relevant to the Group’s operations, that are in issue but not yet 
effective, and do not consider that they will have a material impact on the future results of the Group.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies 
(a) Going concern

The Group’s activities and an outline of the developments taking place in relation to its products, 
services and marketplace are considered in the Chief Executive’s review. The principal risks and 
uncertainties and mitigations are included in the Strategic report.

Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements sets out the Company’s financial risks and the 
management of capital risks.

The Directors have assessed the principal risks, including by modelling a severe but plausible 
downside scenario for COVID-19, whereby the Group experiences:

•  A reduction in demand of 25% over the next two financial years
•  A 10% increase in operating costs from supply chain disruption
•  An increase in cash collection cycle
• 

Increase in input cost resulting in reduction in gross margin to 40%

With £23.3m of cash at 31 August 2021 and a £15m undrawn revolving credit facility, in this severe 
downside scenario, the Group has sufficient headroom to be able to continue to operate for the 
foreseeable future. The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its financing 
and other business risks satisfactorily, and have a reasonable expectation that the Group will have 
adequate resources to continue in operation for at least twelve months from the signing date of 
the financial statements. They therefore consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

99

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(b) Accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty

(c) Revenue and long-term contracts

Revenue represents the value, net of sales taxes, of goods sold and services provided to customers.

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated by the Directors and management and are 
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
statement of financial position date that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial period are as stated below:

Accounting judgements

Assessment of the percentage of completion of construction projects (laboratory testing 
and simulation)

The probability of a profitable outcome and stage of completion of the contract is determined by 
regular review by management of project milestones, actual costs against budgeted costs, forecast 
costs to complete and any other pertinent information.

The above estimates are made internally by the Group and any changes of these estimates will result 
in a corresponding change in revenue and profit. Any potential losses on contracts are considered 
and appropriately recognised immediately upon occurrence, while contract revenue which cannot 
be estimated reliably is recognised only after confirmed by written agreement.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 

Acquisition accounting

When the Group makes an acquisition, it recognises the identifiable assets and liabilities, including 
intangible assets, at fair value with the difference between the fair value of net assets acquired and 
the fair value of consideration paid comprising goodwill. The key assumptions and estimates used to 
determine the valuation of intangible assets acquired are the forecast cash flows, the discount rate 
and customer/supplier attrition. Customer and supplier relationships are valued using a discounted 
cash flow model.

Acquisitions often comprise an element of deferred consideration. Deferred consideration is fair 
valued based on the Directors’ estimate of future performance of the acquired entity. Deferred 
consideration on the acquisition of Vadotech has been estimated as €6,000,000, payable during 
2022; however, this is the maximum amount payable. If performance targets are not met the amount 
payable could be nil. The Group’s growth strategy is underpinned by the successful execution of 
acquisitions. This results in material amounts of goodwill and intangible assets being recognised in 
the consolidated statement of financial position.

Revenue is disaggregated into the following two categories:

(1) 

 Revenue from track testing systems, principally in relation to the robotic systems which are 
constructed and supplied to a customer within twelve months and where there is no significant 
degree of customisation, is recognised when control is passed to the buyer, which in almost all 
cases is on delivery. Any payments received on account are deferred until these items are 
delivered to the customer. Items such as guarantees, or servicing arrangements sold in relation 
to these systems, are accounted for as separate performance obligations and are recognised 
over the period to which these obligations are performed by the Group. Guarantees and 
servicing arrangements have standard pricing, which management considers reflects fair value, 
and these prices are allocated to the separate performance obligations.

(2)   Revenues on laboratory testing and simulation. These are projects lasting longer than twelve 

months and require a significant degree of customisation. They are recognised according to the 
percentage of completion method.

 When a contract with a customer is judged to be a long-term contract, contract revenue and 
contract costs are recognised over the period of the contract, respectively, as revenue and 
expenses. The Group uses the percentage of completion method to determine the appropriate 
amount of revenue and costs to recognise in each period. Management considers the terms 
and conditions of the contract, including how the contract was negotiated and any elements the 
customer specifies when identifying individual projects as a long-term contract. The percentage 
of completion is normally measured by the proportion that contract costs incurred for work 
performed to date bear to the estimated total contract costs, except where this would not be 
representative of the stage of completion. This measurement basis is considered to be the most 
faithful depiction of the transfer of ownership as the customer is contractually liable for costs 
incurred to date. There were no such instances during the year.

 Variations in contract work, claims and incentive payments are recognised to the extent that 
they have been agreed with the customer. The probability of a profitable outcome of the 
contract is determined by regular review by management of project milestones, actual costs 
against budgeted costs and any other pertinent information. When it is probable that total 
contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense 
immediately. The aggregate of the cost incurred and the profit/loss recognised on each contract 
is compared against the progress billings up to the year end.

 Contract assets (accrued revenue) and contract liabilities (amounts received in advance of 
performance delivery) are recognised separately. Business development and other pre-contract 
costs are expensed as incurred.

100

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(d) Basis of consolidation

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from 
the date on which control over the operating and financial decisions is obtained and cease to be 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. The Group controls an 
investee when its exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee 
and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

All intercompany balances and transactions, including recognised gains arising from inter-group 
transactions, have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner as 
recognised gains except to the extent that they provide evidence of impairment.

(e) Acquisitions

Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is 
the date on which control is transferred to the Group. Goodwill at the acquisition date represents 
the cost of the business combination (excluding acquisition related costs, which are expensed 
as incurred) in excess of the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and 
liabilities acquired.

(f) Inventories

Inventories are valued on a first in, first out basis at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost 
includes all expenditure incurred during the normal course of business in bringing in inventories to 
their present location and condition, including in the case of work-in-progress and finished goods 
an appropriate proportion of production overheads. Net realisable value is based on the estimated 
useful selling price less further costs expected to be incurred to completion and subsequent disposal.

(g) Financial instruments

Financial instruments are recognised in the statements of financial position when the Company 
has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial instruments are classified as assets, liabilities or equity in accordance with the substance 
of the contractual arrangement. Interest, dividends, gains and losses relating to a financial 
instrument classified as a liability are reported as an expense or income. Distributions to holders of 
financial instruments classified as equity are charged directly to equity.

Financial instruments are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends 
to settle either on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. A financial 
instrument is recognised initially, at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial instrument not at fair 
value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue 
of the financial instrument. Financial instruments recognised in the statements of financial position 
are disclosed in the individual policy statement associated with each item.

(i) Financial assets

On initial recognition, financial assets are classified as either financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss or loans and receivables financial assets. The Group does not hold any financial assets 
at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

As at the end of the reporting period, there were no foreign currency forward contracts classified 
under this category.

Loans and receivables financial assets

Trade receivables and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not 
quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables financial assets. Loans and 
receivables financial assets are recognised under an expected credit loss approach, in accordance 
with IFRS 9. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for 
short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

(ii) Financial liabilities

All financial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method other than 
those categorised as fair value through profit or loss.

The fair value through profit or loss category comprises financial liabilities that are either held for 
trading or are designated to eliminate or significantly reduce a measurement or recognition 
inconsistency that would otherwise arise. Derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless 
they are designated as hedges.

(iii) Equity instruments

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new 
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from proceeds.

Interim dividends are recognised when paid and final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised 
as liabilities when approved for appropriation.

(iv) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and 
are subsequently measured at their fair value. The method of recognising any resulting gain or loss 
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of 
the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for 
hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. Changes in 
the fair value of derivative instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

101

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(h) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is initially recorded at cost. Once the asset is available for use, 
depreciation is calculated at rates estimated to write off the cost of the relevant assets, less any 
estimated residual value, on either a straight-line basis or reducing balance basis over their expected 
useful lives.

(c) Acquired intangible assets – business combinations

Intangible assets that may be acquired as a result of a business combination including, but not 
limited to, customer lists, supplier lists, databases, technology and software and patents that can be 
separately measured at fair value, on a reliable basis, are separately recognised on acquisition at the 
fair value, together with the associated deferred tax liability. Amortisation is charged on a straight-line 
basis to the consolidated income statement over the expected useful economic lives.

Plant and machinery 

10% straight line

Motor vehicles 

25% reducing balance

Furniture and fittings 

10% straight line

Computer equipment 

25% straight line

General equipment  

10% straight line

Proprietorial equipment 

20% straight line

Test equipment 

Between 10–20% straight line

Buildings  

5% straight line

(i) Intangible assets

All intangible assets, excluding goodwill arising on a business combination, are stated at their 
amortised cost or fair value at initial recognition less any provision for impairment.

(a) Research and development costs

Research expenditure is written off as incurred. Development costs are written off as incurred unless 
they meet the criteria in IAS 38 for capitalisation. Where forecast revenues for a particular project 
exceed attributable forecast development costs, they are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line 
basis over the asset’s estimated useful life. Costs are capitalised as intangible assets unless physical 
assets, such as tooling, exist when they are classified as property, plant and equipment.

(b) Computer software costs

Where computer software is not integral to an item of property, plant or equipment its costs are 
capitalised as other intangible assets. Amortisation is provided on a straight-line basis over its useful 
economic life of between three and seven years.

Where computer software is hosted on the cloud, licence fees are expensed over the period of the 
contract and configuration and customisation costs are expensed as the services are received.

Customer relationships

Brand

Technology

Economic life

7–10 years

10 years

4–7 years

(d) Goodwill – business combinations

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a subsidiary represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair 
value of the consideration over the aggregate fair value of the identifiable intangible, tangible and 
current assets and net of the aggregate fair value of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities of 
businesses acquired at the date of acquisition). Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost 
and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Transaction costs 
are expensed and are not included in the cost of acquisition.

(j) Impairment of tangible and intangible assets

An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying amount of an asset or cash 
generating unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU 
is the higher of: (i) its fair value less costs to sell; and (ii) its value in use. Its value in use is the present 
value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or CGU, discounted using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset or CGU. Impairment losses are recognised immediately in the 
consolidated income statement.

(a) Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to a CGU; CGUs for this purpose represent 
the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored by the Group’s Board of Directors 
for internal and management purposes. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for 
impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.

If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment 
loss is allocated first to reduce the goodwill attributable to the CGU. Impairment losses cannot be 
subsequently reversed.

(b) Impairment of other tangible and intangible assets

Other tangible and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment losses and any 
subsequent reversals are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

102

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(k) Taxation 

purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each entity are 
translated into sterling, which is the presentational currency of the Group.

The income tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the 
income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity, respectively.

(a) Reporting foreign currency transactions in functional currency 

Transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are initially 
recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each subsequent 
balance sheet date:

The current income tax charge is calculated based on the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and 
generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with 
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate based on amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

(a)   Foreign currency monetary items are retranslated at the rates prevailing at the balance sheet 

date. Exchange differences arising on the settlement or retranslation of monetary items are 
recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

(b)  Non-monetary items measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. 

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax 
asset is realised, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 
profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

(l) Share based payments

Employees (including Directors and senior executives) of the Group receive remuneration in the form 
of share based payment transactions, whereby these individuals render services as consideration for 
equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). These individuals are granted share option rights 
approved by the Board which can only be settled in shares of the respective companies that award 
the equity-settled transactions. Share option rights are also granted to these individuals by majority 
shareholders over their shares held. No cash-settled awards have been made or are planned.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in 
equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending 
on the date on which the relevant individuals become fully entitled to the award (vesting point). 
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until 
the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments and value that will ultimately vest. The statement of 
comprehensive income charge for the year represents the movement in the cumulative expense 
recognised as at the beginning and end of that period.

The fair value of share based remuneration is determined at the date of grant and recognised as an 
expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, taking account of the estimated 
number of shares that will vest. 

(m) Foreign currencies

The individual financial statements of each Group entity are prepared in their functional currency, 
which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. For the 

(c)   Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are retranslated using the 

exchange rates at the date the fair value was determined. Where a gain or loss on non-monetary 
items is recognised directly in equity, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also 
recognised directly in equity and conversely, where a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is 
recognised in the consolidated income statement, any exchange component of that gain or 
loss is also recognised in the consolidated income statement.

(b) Translation from functional currency to presentational currency

When the functional currency of a Group entity is different from the Group’s presentational currency, 
its results and financial position are translated into the presentational currency as follows: 

(a)  Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. 

(b)   Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates for the year, except where 
the use of such an average rate does not approximate the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction, in which case the transaction rate is used.

(c)    All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income; these 

cumulative exchange differences are recognised in the consolidated income statement in 
the period in which the foreign operation is disposed of. 

(c) Net investment in foreign operations

Exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms part of a reporting entity’s net 
investment in a foreign operation are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the 
separate financial statements of the reporting entity or the foreign operation as appropriate. 
In the consolidated financial statements such exchange differences are initially recognised in 
other comprehensive income as a separate component of equity and subsequently recognised 
in the consolidated income statement on disposal of the net investment.

(n) Assets held for sale 

Assets held for sale are assets previously classified as non-current which are expected to be sold 
rather than held for continuing use. These have principally arisen as part of a review of our physical 
estate. Assets held for sale have not been sold at the balance sheet date but are being actively 
marketed for sale, with a high probability of completion within twelve months.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

103

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(o) Alternative performance measures 

Analysis of revenue by country of destination:

Alternative performance measures are items of income and expense which, because of the nature, 
size and/or infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation. These specific 
items are presented below the income statement to provide greater clarity and a better understanding 
of the impact of these items on the Group’s financial performance. In doing so, it also facilitates 
greater comparison of the Group’s underlying results with prior periods and assessment of trends 
in financial performance. This split is consistent with how underlying business performance is 
measured internally.

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

North America

Asia Pacific

Rest of the world

2021
£’000

4,449

11,352

15,884

32,717

978

65,380

2020
£’000

2,146

14,775

15,606

27,788

1,199

61,514

Alternative performance measures may include but are not restricted to: adjustments to the fair 
value of acquisition related items such as contingent consideration, acquired intangible asset 
amortisation and other items due to their significance, size or nature, and the related taxation. 

(p) Leases

At the lease commencement date (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available for use), the Group 
recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet. The lease liability is initially 
measured at the present value of future lease payments, discounted using the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate. This is the rate that we would have to pay for a loan of a similar term, and with similar 
security, to obtain an asset of similar value. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, 
comprising the initial value of the lease liability, any lease payments made before commencement 
of the lease, any initial direct costs and any restoration costs. The asset is recorded as property, plant 
and equipment, and is depreciated over the shorter of its estimated useful economic life and the 
lease term on a straight-line basis. The finance cost is charged to the income statement over the 
lease term to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the lease liability. The lease payment is 
allocated between repayment of the lease liability and finance cost. 

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to those leases that have a lease 
term of twelve months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option. 
It also applies the low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of assets below £5,000. Lease 
payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as an expense on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

3. Segment reporting
The Group derives revenue from the sale of its advanced measurement, simulation and testing 
products derived in assisting the global automotive industry in the laboratory and on the test track. 
The income streams are all derived from the utilisation of these products which, in all aspects except 
details of revenue, are reviewed and managed together within the Group and as such are 
considered to be the only segment. 

The operating segment is based on internal reports about components of the Group, which 
are regularly reviewed and used by the Board of Directors, being the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker (CODM).

104

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

No customer individually represents 10% or more of total revenue.

Assets and liabilities by segment are not reported to the Board of Directors, therefore they are not 
used as a key decision-making tool and are not disclosed here.

A disclosure of non-current assets by location is shown below:

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

North America

Asia Pacific

Revenues are disaggregated as follows:

Revenue by sector 

Track testing

Laboratory testing and simulation

2021
£’000

41,174

1,009

15,522

21,103

78,808

2021
£’000

49,680

15,700

65,380

2020
£’000

40,482

747

17,940

106

59,275

2020
£’000

51,760

9,754

61,514

4. Alternative performance measures
In the analysis of the Group’s financial performance and position, operating results and cash flows, 
alternative performance measures are presented to provide readers with additional information. 
The principal measures presented are adjusted measures of earnings including adjusted operating 
profit, adjusted operating margin, adjusted profit before tax and adjusted earnings per share.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. Alternative performance measures continued
The financial statements include both statutory and adjusted non-GAAP financial measures, the 
latter of which the Directors believe better reflect the underlying performance of the business and 
provide a more meaningful comparison of how the business is managed and measured on a 
day-to-day basis. The Group’s alternative performance measures and KPIs are aligned to the Group’s 
strategy and together are used to measure the performance of the business and form the basis of 
the performance measures for remuneration. Adjusted results exclude certain items because if 
included, these items could distort the understanding of the performance for the year and the 
comparability between the periods.

We provide comparatives alongside all current year figures. The term ‘adjusted’ is not defined under 
IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies. All profit 
and earnings per share figures in this Annual Report relate to underlying business performance (as 
defined above) unless otherwise stated.

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Acquisition related costs/(credit)

ERP development costs

Inventory impairment

Restructuring

2021
£’000

4,432

840

 1,358

—

—

6,630

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

3,549

(1,865)

654

3,267

969

6,574

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

The amortisation relates to the acquisition of Vadotech Group on 3 March 2021 and the businesses 
acquired in 2019, DRI and rFpro.

Acquisition related costs/(credit)

The costs relate to the acquisition of the Vadotech Group as well as staff retention payments to the 
employees of rFpro. The cash to pay this was contributed by the previous owner of rFpro prior to 
acquisition, but as the employees had to remain within the business for a period prior to receiving 
payment, a charge had to be recognised in the income statement in both the current and the prior 
year. The credit in the prior year relates to the release of deferred consideration on the rFpro 
acquisition which, due to COVID-19 disruption, was not payable. 

Inventory impairment

In the prior year, following a detailed review of inventory levels and usage, a number of items 
previously included in the carrying value were written off and the system of accounting for inventory 
updated to better reflect the Group’s current operations.

Restructuring

The restructuring costs in 2020 relate to rebalancing the skill base of the business and termination 
of agents.

ERP development costs

During April 2021 the IFRS Interpretations Committee finalised its agenda decision regarding 
configuration and customisation costs in Cloud Computing Arrangements (Software as a Service 
(SaaS)) under IAS 38. The agenda decision specifies that where ERP systems are hosted on the 
cloud, no intangible asset arises and configuration and customisation costs should be written off. 
The ERP system currently being implemented is hosted on the cloud; therefore, the capitalised 
expenditure for development costs has now been expensed.

Tax

The tax impact of these adjustments was as follows: amortisation £0.7m (2020: £0.5m), acquisition 
related costs/(credit) £0.1m (2020: £0.1m), ERP £0.3m (2020: £0.1m), inventory impairment £nil 
(2020: £0.6m) and restructuring £nil (2020: £0.3m).

A reconciliation of net cash to cash and cash equivalents and the calculation of return on capital 
employed is included on page 33.

5. Profit before tax
The profit before tax is stated after charging:

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Loss on sale of assets

Realised loss on foreign exchange

Staff costs:

– wages and salaries

– social security costs

– other pension costs

Share based payments

Research and development costs charged as an expense

2021
£’000

1,964

660

53

4,432

39

711

2020
£’000

1,488

562

40

3,549

—

33

18,118

16,469

2,038

1,101

1,240

526

1,775

1,100

1,282

773

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

105

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5. Profit before tax continued
Auditor’s remuneration:

7. Tax expense

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor during the year for:

– the audit of the Company’s financial statements

– the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

– other services

2021
£’000

55

52

—

107

2020
£’000

48

37

6

91

Current tax:

– for the financial year

– adjustments in respect of prior year

Deferred tax (note 21):

– for the financial year

– adjustments in respect of prior year

6. Employees
The average monthly number of employees, including Directors, during the year was as follows:

Directors and commercial

Engineers and technicians

Administration

2021
No.

23

256

54

333

2020
No.

20

190

65

275

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

The statutory effective rate of tax for the year is higher than (2020: lower than) the standard rate 
of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2020: 19%) as set out below.

The effective rate of tax on the adjusted profit before tax is 18.2% (2020: 17.7%).

The tax charge can be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as follows:

The total number of employees at the year end was 394 (2020: 278).

Total remuneration of key management personnel, being the Directors of the Company and the 
members of the Executive Management Group (EMG), is set out below:

Profit before tax

Tax at the applicable statutory rate of: 19% (2020: 19%)

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Social security costs

Share based payments – equity settled

2021
£’000

1,622

138

218

667

2020
£’000

1,975

144

273

959

2,645

3,351

Tax effects of:

Non-deductible expenses

Research and development tax credit

Adjustments in respect of prior year

Patent box relief*

Changes in tax rates

Losses carried back

Further details relating to the remuneration of the Directors of the Company can be found in the 
Remuneration Committee report.

Losses on overseas earnings

Overseas tax rates

Tax expense for the financial year

106

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

*  Patent box relief represents the tax effect of the reduced amount payable on profits that fall within the patent box regime.

2021
£’000

102

(32)

70

926

(196)

730

800

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

259

4

263

412

(316)

96

359

2021
£’000

3,785

719

330

(116)

(228)

(383)

430

—

—

48

800

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

4,381

832

(215)

(274)

(312)

(89)

326

20

(132)

203

359

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The calculation of earnings per share is based on the following earnings and number of shares.

2021

2,985

2020
(Restated) *

4,022

22,602

22,782

22,482

22,622

13.2p

13.1p

10,415

(1,895)

8,520

37.7p

37.4p

17.9p

17.8p

10,955

(1,939)

9,016

40.1p

39.9p

7. Tax expense continued
In addition to the amount charged to the consolidated income statement, the following amounts 
relating to tax have been recognised directly in equity:

Deferred tax

Change in estimated excess tax deductions related to 
share based payments

Total income tax recognised directly in equity

Factors affecting the tax charge in future years

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Group (£’000)

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating earnings 
per share (000):

(165)

(165)

974

974

Basic

Diluted

Earnings per share (pence):

Basic

Diluted

A number of changes to the UK corporation tax system were announced in the March 2021 budget 
statement which will increase the main rate of corporation tax to 25% by 1 April 2023. These changes 
were substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. The impact on the Group’s deferred tax 
liabilities was an increase of £0.4m.

Adjusted profit before tax (£’000)

Adjusted tax (£’000)

Adjusted profit after tax (£’000)

The Group’s future tax charge could be affected by several factors including: tax reform in the UK, 
the USA, Europe or Japan, any future acquisitions, availability of losses carried forward and 
availability of R&D and patent tax relief.

8. Dividends paid

Final 2019 dividend paid of £0.028 per share

Final 2020 dividend paid of £0.044 per share

Interim dividend paid of £0.016 per share

2021
£’000

—

994

362

1,356

2020
£’000

626

—

—

626

The Board has proposed a final dividend of 3.24p per share totalling £733,000. An interim dividend 
was paid of 1.6p per share totalling £362,000.

9. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares. The Company has one 
category of potentially dilutive shares, namely share options.

Adjusted earnings per share (pence)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

Adjusted earnings per share is calculated as the total of adjusted profit before tax, less adjusted 
income tax costs, but including the tax impact on the items included in the calculation of 
adjusted profit.

10. Goodwill

At 1 September 2020

Acquisitions

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

At 1 September 2019

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2020

Vadotech
Group
£’000

—

6,336

(38)

6,298

Track testing
excluding
Vadotech
£’000

Lab testing and
 simulation
£’000

8,635

—

(247)

8,388

7,535

—

—

Total
£’000

16,170

6,336

(285)

7,535

22,221

Vadotech
Group
£’000

Track testing
excluding
Vadotech
£’000

Lab testing and
 simulation
£’000

Total
£’000

—

—

—

9,494

(859)

8,635

7,535

17,029

—

(859)

7,535

16,170

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

107

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10. Goodwill continued
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated at 
acquisition to the CGUs that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination. The carrying amount of the goodwill has 
been allocated to the Group’s principal CGUs, being the 
operating segment described in the operating segment 
descriptions in note 3, with the Vadotech Group being classified 
as a separate CGU.

The Group tests goodwill at least annually for impairment. Tests 
are conducted more frequently if there are indications that 
goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable amounts of the 
CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key 
assumptions for the value-in-use calculations have been 
individually estimated for each CGU and include the discount 
rates and expected changes to cash flows during the period for 
which management has detailed plans.

Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that 
reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to each of the CGUs. Pre-tax discount rates, 
derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital 
of 6.4% (2020: 6.0%) which have been adjusted for a premium 
specific to each of the CGUs to account for differences in currency 
risk, country risk and other factors affecting specific CGUs, have 
been used to discount projected cash flows.

Expected changes to cash flows during the period for which 
management has detailed plans relate to revenue forecasts and 
forecast operating margins in each of the operating companies. 
The relative value ascribed to each varies between CGUs as the 
budgets are built up from the underlying operating companies 
within each CGU, but the key assumption for each CGU is that 
following the disruption caused by COVID-19, demand recovers 
as a result of the long-term drivers in the industry, including the 
increase in ADAS and autonomy and increased regulation.

The calculations have used the Group’s forecast figures for the next 
three years. This is based on data derived from the three-year plan 
that has been approved by the Board. At the end of three years, 
the calculations assume the performance of the CGUs will grow at 
a nominal annual rate of 1.9% in perpetuity. Growth rates are based 

108

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

on management’s view of industry growth forecasts. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and 
expectations of future changes. The weighted average cost of capital is derived using beta values of a comparator group of companies 
adjusted for funding structures as appropriate.

The pre-tax discount rate used for value-in-use calculations and the carrying value of goodwill by the principal CGUs is  
7.9% (2020: 7.4%).

Following a detailed review, no impairment losses were recognised in the year ended 31 August 2021.

Sensitivity testing was performed on the forecasts to consider the impact of reasonably possible worst case scenarios in the first two 
years, including a 10% fall in the forecast cash flows. A 1% addition to the discount rate for each CGU was also separately modelled. 
None of these scenarios resulted in any CGUs requiring impairment.

11. Acquired and other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 September 2020

Additions

Acquisitions of businesses

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Amortisation

At 1 September 2020

Charge for the year

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Net book value

At 31 August 2020

At 31 August 2021

Customer
relationships
£’000

Brand
£’000

Technology
£’000

Total 
acquired
intangible 
assets
£’000

Capitalised
development
costs
£’000

Total other
intangible
assets
(Restated) *
£’000

8,812

—

15,345

(320)

1,964

10,675

21,451

—

—

(67)

—

—

63

—

15,345

(324)

519

1,158

—

—

519

1,158

—

—

23,837

1,897

10,738

36,472

1,677

1,677

1,076

1,952

(138)

2,890

243

191

(40)

394

7,736

20,947

1,721

1,503

2,509

2,289

108

4,906

8,166

5,832

3,828

4,432

(70)

8,190

59

53

—

112

59

53

—

112

17,623

28,282

460

1,565

460

1,565

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

Internally generated additions total £735,284 (2020: £151,065).

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 202111. Acquired and other intangible assets continued

Cost

At 1 September 2019

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2020

Amortisation

At 1 September 2019

Charge for the year

At 31 August 2020

Net book value

At 31 August 2019

At 31 August 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Customer
relationships
£’000

Brand
£’000

Technology
£’000

Total 
acquired
intangible 
assets
£’000

Capitalised
development
costs
£’000

Total other
intangible
assets
(Restated) *
£’000

9,053

—

(241)

8,812

56

1,020

1,076

8,997

7,736

2,034

10,995

22,082

—

(70)

—

(320)

—

(631)

1,964

10,675

21,451

14

229

243

209

2,300

2,509

279

3,549

3,828

2,020

1,721

10,786

8,166

21,803

17,623

287

232

—

519

19

40

59

268

460

287

232

—

519

19

40

59

268

460

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

Acquired intangible assets relate to items acquired through business combinations which are amortised over their useful economic life.

Other intangible assets comprise acquired intellectual property, software and capitalised development costs.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

109

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. Investment

Investment

2021
£’000

12

13. Property, plant and equipment

Land and
 buildings
£’000

Plant and 
equipment
£’000

Test
 equipment
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

Cost

At 1 September 2019

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

Land and
 buildings
£’000

Plant and 
equipment
£’000

Test
 equipment
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

14,050

6,197

(15)

(29)

3,145

2,996

913

(145)

(65)

751

(14)

6

283

93

—

(4)

Total
£’000

20,474

7,954

(174)

(92)

At 31 August 2020

20,203

3,848

3,739

372

28,162

2020
£’000

12

Total
£’000

Cost

At 1 September 2020

Additions

Acquisition

Disposals

Transfers to assets held for 
sale

Exchange differences

20,203

4,313

—

(356)

(1,978)

(47)

3,848

3,739

372

28,162

At 1 September 2019

Accumulated depreciation

597

17

(749)

—

(48)

595

—

(100)

—

(33)

33

—

—

—

(3)

5,538

Charge for the year

17

Disposals

(1,205)

Exchange differences

(1,978)

(131)

At 31 August 2020

Net book value

At 31 August 2019

At 31 August 2020

647

311

(15)

—

943

1,061

517

(145)

(13)

728

611

(14)

—

1,420

1,325

13,403

19,260

2,084

2,428

2,268

2,414

116

49

—

—

165

167

207

2,552

1,488

(174)

(13)

3,853

17,922

24,309

At 31 August 2021

22,135

3,665

4,201

402

30,403

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 September 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Net book value

At 31 August 2020

At 31 August 2021

943

377

(356)

(3)

961

1,420

1,325

805

(746)

(31)

718

(86)

(6)

1,448

1,951

19,260

21,174

2,428

2,217

2,414

2,250

165

64

—

(1)

228

207

174

3,853

1,964

(1,188)

(41)

4,588

24,309

25,815

110

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
14. Leases
Right-of-use assets

Cost
At 1 September 2020
Additions
Acquisition
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 September 2020
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Net book value

At 31 August 2020

At 31 August 2021

Cost
Transition at 1 September 2019
Additions
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2020

Accumulated depreciation
Transition at 1 September 2019
Charge for the year
At 31 August 2020

Net book value

At 31 August 2019

At 31 August 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

Less than one year

One to five years

Total undiscounted cash flows

Discount

Total lease liabilities

Current

Non-current

456

522

978

(11)

967

456

511

Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

1,139

1,139

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Interest on lease liabilities

Amounts recognised in the consolidated cash flow statement

Principal lease payments

Interest payments on leases

15. Inventories

Raw materials

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

The value of inventories recognised as an expense during the year was £19,874,000 (2020: £17,331,000). 
During the year the amount of write down of inventories recognised as an expense was £400,000 
(2020: £3,267,000).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

111

Land and
 buildings
£’000

1,263
246
659
(77)
(39)

2,052

562
660
(65)
(18)

Total
£’000

1,263
246
659
(77)
(39)

2,052

562
660
(65)
(18)

701

913

Land and
 buildings
£’000

1,335
25
(97)

1,263

—
562
562

—

701

701

913

Total
£’000

1,335
25
(97)

1,263

—
562
562

—

701

472

258

730

(8)

722

473

249

2020
£’000

562

30

2020
£’000

562

30

2020
£’000

7,744

1,423

13

9,180

2021
£’000

660

25

2021
£’000

656

25

2021
£’000

5,032

1,613

126

6,771

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Less: impairment provision

Other receivables

Prepayments

2021
£’000

12,126

(592)

11,534

1,742

2,224

2020
£’000

9,894

(522)

9,372

2,047

1,425

15,500

12,844

At 1 September

Provision for impairment of receivables

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable

At 31 August

2021
£’000

522

104

(34)

592

2020
£’000

7

515

—

522

Given the Group’s customer base, expected credit losses are not material; however, the Group’s policy 
is to provide in full for trade receivables outstanding for more than 90 days beyond agreed terms, 
unless there are facts and circumstances that support recoverability.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at 31 August, by currency, was:

17. Amount owed by contract customers

Costs incurred to date

Attributable profits

Progress billings

Represented by:

Contract liabilities (see note 29)

Contract assets (see note 29)

No retentions were held by customers for contract work.

2021
£’000

28,732

6,783

35,515

2020
£’000

20,946

1,953

22,899

(34,814)

(21,956)

701

943

(3,568)

4,269

701

(1,983)

2,926

943

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Japanese yen

Trade receivables, before impairment provisions, are analysed as follows:

Not past due

Past due, no credit loss for impairment

Past due, credit loss for impairment

2021
£’000

4,987

4,200

2,037

310

11,534

2021
£’000

7,260

4,274

592

12,126

The ageing of trade receivables, classified as past due, but not impaired, is as follows:

Less than three months past due

Over three months past due

2021
£’000

3,229

1,045

4,274

112

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

2020
£’000

3,854

1,242

2,951

1,325

9,372

2020
£’000

3,849

5,523

522

9,894

2020
£’000

4,117

1,406

5,523

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

18. Cash and cash equivalents

20. Trade and other payables

Cash at bank:

– Sterling

– Euro

– US dollar

– Japanese yen

– Other currencies

2021
£’000

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

15,483

20,603

4,923

2,203

417

256

600

2,201

2,504

275

Trade payables

Social security and other taxes

Other payables and accruals

2021
£’000

2,704

453

7,776

2020
£’000

1,330

390

8,667

10,933

10,387

Contract liabilities relate to payments received in advance which are deferred until the performance 
obligation has been satisfied.

23,282

26,183

The maximum exposure to foreign currency risk for trade payables at 31 August, by currency, was:

*  Restated to exclude £5,000,000 fixed term deposits with a maturity date of greater than three months at inception.

The fixed term deposits and cash at bank are both interest-bearing at rates linked to the UK base 
rate, or equivalent rate.

Net cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Fixed term deposits

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

2021
£’000

23,282

—

—

(967)

2020
£’000

26,183

5,000

(505)

(722)

22,315

29,956

The Group has a revolving credit facility of £15m which was first established in January 2021 with a 
three-year initial term with options to extend by a further two years. No drawdowns have been made 
against this facility.

19. Assets held for sale
Following completion of our Engineering Design Centre and a review of our existing manufacturing 
locations, previously acquired land with a net book value of £1,978,000 is now surplus to requirements 
and has been classified as held for sale. The sale is expected to be completed during the first half of 
FY 2022. The asset has been written down by £85,000 to fair value (less costs to sell) of £1,893,000 
and the related cost has been included in general and administrative expenses within the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Japanese yen

21. Deferred tax

At 1 September

Acquisitions

Recognised in profit or loss:

– in respect of timing differences

– in respect of deferred tax on share options

Recognised in equity:

– in respect of deferred tax on share options

Exchange differences

At 31 August

2021
£’000

2,257

200

247

—

2020
£’000

875

61

375

19

2,704

1,330

2021
£’000

(2,549)

(3,472)

(376)

(354)

165

34

2020
£’000

950

(2,429)

124

(220)

(974)

—

(6,552)

(2,549)

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

113

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(i)   On 27 September 2019, a total of 199,526 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(ii)   On 11 December 2019, a total of 31,970 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(iii)   On 3 March 2020, a total of 58,086 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(iv)   On 3 March 2020, a total of 6,173 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £4.45.

(v)   On 4 May 2020, a total of 33,333 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £12.30.

(vi)   On 2 June 2020, a total of 16,162 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(vii)  On 19 August 2020, a total of 11,321 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(viii)  On 8 October 2020, a total of 7,631 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(ix)    On 4 December 2020, a total of 692 shares were issued to James Routh of £0.01 in satisfaction 
of 20% of his respective annual bonus payments for the year ended 31 August 2020, and a total 
of 349 shares were issued to Sarah Matthews-DeMers of £0.01 in satisfaction of 20% of her 
respective annual bonus payments for the year ended 31 August 2020.

(x)   On 15 March 2021, a total of 33,333 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £12.30.

(xi)   On 17 March 2021, a total of 3,786 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

23. Financial instruments
The Group’s activities are exposed to a variety of market risk (including foreign currency risk, interest 
rate risk and equity price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The overall financial risk management 
policy focuses on mitigating the potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. 

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on transactions and balances that are denominated 
in currencies other than sterling. The Group faces foreign currency exposure arising from the 
translation of profits earned in foreign currency. The transactional exposure arises on trade 
receivables, trade payables and cash and cash equivalents and these balances are analysed by 
currency in notes 16, 18 and 20. Currency risk is monitored closely on an ongoing basis to ensure 
that the net exposure is at an acceptable level.

The Group maintains a natural hedge whenever possible, by matching the cash inflows (revenue 
stream) and cash outflows used for purposes such as capital expenditure and operational 
expenditure in the respective currencies. Forward exchange contracts are used to manage 
transactional exposure where appropriate.

60,271

(a) Currency risk

21. Deferred tax continued
The deferred tax balance is analysed as follows:

Deferred tax liability

The deferred tax liabilities are attributable to:

Accelerated capital allowances

Short-term timing differences

Acquisitions

2021
£’000

(6,552)

(6,552)

2021
£’000

—

44

(6,596)

(6,552)

2020
£’000

(2,549)

(2,549)

2020
£’000

(780)

660

(2,429)

(2,549)

22. Share capital
The allotted, called up and fully paid share capital is made up of 22,622,344 ordinary shares of £0.01 each.

At 1 September 2019

27 September 2019

11 December 2019

3 March 2020

3 March 2020

4 May 2020

2 June 2020

19 August 2020

At 31 August 2020

8 October 2020

4 December 2020

15 March 2021

17 March 2021

At 31 August 2021

Note

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

Number of 
shares
‘000

22,220

200

32

58

6

33

16

11

Share 
capital
£’000

222

Share 
premium
£’000

60,049

2

—

1

—

—

—

1

770

142

229

27

410

64

45

Total
£’000

772

142

230

27

410

64

46

22,576

226

61,736

61,962

8

1

33

4

—

—

—

—

29

18

412

15

29

18

412

15

22,622

226

62,210

62,436

114

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23. Financial instruments continued
(a) Currency risk continued

Management considers that the most significant foreign exchange risk relates to US dollar and euro. 
The acquisition of Vadotech increased the Group’s exposure to the Euro. The Group’s sensitivity to a 
10% strengthening in sterling against each of these currencies (with other variables held constant) is 
as follows:

Decrease in adjusted operating profit (at average rates)

US dollar

Euro

(b) Interest rate risk

2021
£’000

214

218

2020
 £’000

152

358

As the Group does not hold any collateral, the maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by 
the carrying amount of the financial assets as at the end of the reporting period.

The exposure of credit risk for trade receivables by geographical region is as follows:

USA

United Kingdom

Europe

Rest of the world

(e) Liquidity risk

2021
£’000

2,985

427

3,439

4,683

11,534

2020
 £’000

2,503

548

2,828

3,493

9,372

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will 
fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk 
arises mainly from interest-bearing financial assets, being interest-bearing bank deposits. The 
Group’s policy is to obtain the most favourable interest rates available whilst ensuring that cash is 
deposited with a financial institution with a credit rating of ‘AA’ or better. Any surplus funds are 
placed with licensed financial institutions to generate interest income.

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall 
due. The exposure to liquidity risk arises primarily from mismatches of the maturities of financial 
assets and liabilities.

The Group maintains a level of cash and cash equivalents and bank facilities deemed adequate by 
management to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities 
when they fall due.

A 100 basis points strengthening/weakening of the interest rate as at the end of the reporting period 
would have a £200,000 impact on profit after taxation and equity. This assumes that all other 
variables remain constant.

The following table details the Group’s contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The table has 
been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest 
date on which the Group and the Company can be required to pay.

(c) Equity price risk

The Group’s financial liabilities are as follows:

The Group does not have any quoted investments and hence is not exposed to equity price risk.

(d) Credit risk

The Group’s exposure to credit risk, or the risk of counterparties defaulting, arises mainly from trade 
and other receivables. The Group manages its exposure to credit risk by the application of credit 
approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures on an ongoing basis. For other financial assets 
(including cash and bank balances), the Group seeks to minimise credit risk by dealing exclusively 
with high credit rating counterparties. An analysis of the ageing and currency of trade receivables is 
set out in note 16. An analysis of cash and cash equivalents is set out in note 18.

The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its expected credit loss in 
respect of the trade and other receivables as appropriate. The main components of this allowance 
are a specific loss component that relates to individually significant exposures. Impairment is 
estimated by management based on prior experience and the current economic environment.

The Group’s major concentration of credit risk at 31 August 2021 relates to the amounts owing by 
eight customers which constituted approximately 51% of its trade receivables as at the end of the 
reporting period.

Trade payables

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

The maturities of the undiscounted liabilities are as follows 
(excluding leases):

Less than one year

10,511

10,501

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

115

2021
£’000

2,704

7,776

967

—

31

2020
£’000

1,330

8,666

722

505

—

11,478

11,223

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(h) Fair value hierarchy

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are analysed into level 1 to 3 as follows:

Level 1:  Fair value measurements derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2:  Fair value measurements derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 

1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. 

Level 3:  Fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset 

or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates their fair value (valued using level 2, 
or level 3 in the case of assets held for sale).

24. Acquisition of businesses
On 3 March 2021, the Group acquired 100% of Vadotech Pte Ltd and Zynit Pte Ltd (collectively 
‘Vadotech Group’) for total cash consideration of up to €26,000,000. The initial cash consideration 
was €17,000,000 (£14,700,000). Two further conditional cash payments of up to €3,000,000 
(£2,600,000) and €6,000,000 (£5,200,000) are subject to certain performance criteria being 
achieved for the year ended 31 December 2020 and the year ending 31 December 2021, respectively. 
The criteria in relation to the payment for the year ended 31 December 2020 were met and an 
additional €3,000,000 was paid in the year. 

Acquisition expenses totalled £273,000 and are included within general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

The fair values set out below are provisional and will be finalised in the next financial year. Goodwill 
of £6,336,000 represents the amount paid for future sales growth from both new customers and 
new products and employee know-how.

From the date of acquisition to 31 August 2021, the newly acquired business contributed 
£5,900,000 to revenue and £1,500,000 to adjusted operating profit.

Had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of the period, Group revenue would 
have been £72,000,000 and adjusted operating profit would have been £12,000,000.

23. Financial instruments continued
(f) Capital risk management

Capital is defined as the total equity of the Group. The Group’s objectives when managing capital 
are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to 
reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust 
the amount of the dividend paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or 
sell assets to reduce debt.

The Group manages its capital based on the debt-to-equity ratio. The strategies adopted were 
unchanged during the period under review and from those adopted in the previous financial year. 
The debt-to-equity ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Net debt is calculated as 
borrowings plus trade and other payables less cash and cash equivalents.

At 31 August 2021, the Group’s cash resources exceed its total debt. The Company hence has no 
net debt.

(g) Classification of financial instruments

All financial instruments are categorised as follows:

Loans and receivables

Trade receivables

Contract assets

Cash and bank balances

Fixed term deposits

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost

Trade and accruals and other payables

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Held at fair value  

Assets held for sale  

Derivative financial instruments  

Fair value hierarchy

Level 3 

Level 2

116

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

11,534

4,269

23,282

—

39,085

10,480

967

—

9,372

2,926

26,183

5,000

43,481

9,997

722

505

11,447

11,224

(31)

1,862

—

—

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Acquisition of businesses continued
An accrual for the remaining deferred contingent consideration has been included in the balance 
sheet, discounted to net present value. £331,000 of the discount unwound during the year and has 
been included in other finance expense during the year ended 31 August 2021.

After accounting for the unwinding of the discount, at 31 August 2021, deferred consideration 
totalled £4,929,000 (2020: £nil).

Acquired intangible assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Investment

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Cash paid

Cash acquired

Expenses of acquisition

Deferred consideration paid

Net cash paid, after acquisition expenses

Deferred consideration payable

Less: expenses of acquisition

Total consideration

Vadotech

Adjustment

15,345

(3,472)

—

(198)

564

—

12,239

—

12,239

Book value
£’000

—

—

3

872

2,540

(3,016)

399

—

399

Provisional
fair value
£’000

15,345

(3,472)

3

674

3,104

(3,016)

12,638

6,336

18,974

14,680

(2,923)

273

2,572

14,602

4,645

(273)

18,974

On 28 June 2019 the Group acquired 100% of Kangaloosh Limited (trading as ‘rFpro’) based in Romsey, 
UK, for initial consideration of £18.1m, which included £0.6m of surplus cash, before acquisition 
expenses of £0.3m. Maximum deferred contingent consideration of £3.5m was payable based on 
the performance of rFpro for the twelve months ended 31 January 2021 but due to COVID-19 
disruption the performance targets were not met and no further consideration was payable. 
Goodwill of £7,535,000 and acquired intangible assets of £14,650,000 were recognised in relation 
to this acquisition.

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On 30 August 2019 the Group acquired 100% of Dynamic Research Incorporated (DRI) based in 
California, USA, for initial consideration of £17.3m (US$21.0m), before acquisition expenses of £0.4m. 
Maximum deferred contingent consideration of £2.9m (US$3.5m) was payable based on the performance 
of DRI for the twelve months ended 31 May 2020. DRI exceeded its performance targets and the 
deferred contingent consideration was paid in full in July 2020. 

An accrual for the deferred contingent consideration was included in the balance sheet on the date 
of acquisitions at net present value and the discount of £564,000 unwound and included in other 
finance costs during the year ended 31 August 2020. Goodwill of £9,494,000 and acquired 
intangible assets of £7,432,000 were recognised in relation to this acquisition.

In relation to the acquisition of DRI, due to the availability of an election under US tax laws, the assets 
acquired have benefitted from a step up in the asset base cost, resulting in increased amortisation 
that is tax deductible in future periods. As the tax base of the assets is equal to the acquisition date 
fair value of those assets, no deferred tax was recognised at the date of acquisition.

25. Related party disclosures
Mr A Best, former Chairman of the Company, is a trustee and beneficiary of the Best Middleton Trust. 
Rental payments of £44,000 (2020: £48,000) were made in the year. No amounts were due to or 
from the Trust at any year end.

In July 2020 the lease was extended for five years with a break clause in July 2021 and was 
terminated on 29 July 2021. A total of £40,000 was paid after the year end in relation to dilapidations.

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on 
consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. 

The remuneration of the key management personnel of the Group is set out in note 6.

26. Share based payments
The share based compensation schemes were established to reward and incentivise the executive 
management team and staff for delivering share price growth. The schemes are administered by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The schemes adopted by the Company are equity settled and a charge of £1,240,000 (2020: £1,282,000) 
has been charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income relating to these options.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

117

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26. Share based payments continued
Summary of movements in share options

Outstanding at 1 September 2020

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Outstanding at 31 August 2021

Exercisable at 31 August 2021

Outstanding at 1 September 2019

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Outstanding at 31 August 2020

Exercisable at 31 August 2020

Weighted 
average
 exercise price 
(pence)

946

1,017

1,047

691

1,340

570

2,184

475

946

395

Number of 
shares

442,126

69,971

(45,791)

466,306

88,358

476,746

321,951

(356,571)

442,126

116,587

The weighted average share price on the date of exercise was 2,046p (2020: 2,084p). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at the statement of financial position 
date is 8.8 years (2020: 9.7 years).

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year was £14.51 (2020: £7.80).

The fair values of the share option awards granted were calculated using the Black Scholes option 
pricing model. The long-term incentive plan awards made in 2020 had targets based on earnings per 
share total growth and shareholder return and were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. The inputs 
into the model for awards granted were as follows:

Date awarded

2 December
2020

17 January 
2020

3 December
2019

1 October 
2019

The expected volatility was determined with reference to the published share price.

For the options granted in 2019 one third of the options will vest on each of the first, second and 
third anniversary of the grant date subject to the employees remaining employed by the Company.

The long-term incentive plan awards vest on the third anniversary of the award date.

27. Ultimate controlling party
There is no ultimate controlling party.

28. Capital commitments
At 31 August 2021 the Group had capital commitments as follows:

Contracted but not yet provided in these financial statements

2021
£’000

—

—

2020
£’000

562

562

29. Revenue recognition and contract balances
Contract balances

The Group has recognised the following revenue related contract assets and liabilities:

Contract assets (i)

Contract liabilities (ii)

2021
£’000

4,269

3,568

2020
£’000

2,926

1,983

(i) Significant changes in contract assets 

Contract assets have increased by 46% during the year reflecting three new contracts. There are 
seven current contracts at various stages of completion. 

Stock price

Exercise price

Interest rate

Volatility

Vesting period

1,768p

2,230p

nil

0.02%

53%

3 years

nil

0.39%

40%

2,140p

2,140p

0.28%

49%

2,140p

2,200p

0.38%

42%

3 years

1–2 years

1–3 years

118

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

29. Revenue recognition and contract balances continued
(ii) Significant changes in contract liabilities

This balance consists of deferred income and payments in advance. This increase of contract 
liabilities was due to deferred income which principally relates to a timing of track testing systems 
invoicing at 31 August 2021 where payments received on account are deferred until the goods have 
been delivered to the customer. Within this figure is £615,000 relating to support and warranty 
which is recognised over the period to which these obligations are performed.

Within the opening balance of £1,983,000, an amount of £953,000 has been recognised in revenue 
during the period.

with an agreed schedule with typical contracts including certain technical and physical completion 
milestones as payment points for customers. A typical contract may include a 30% deposit, which is 
recorded as a contract liability until such time as the performance obligation is met. The consideration 
for these contracts is agreed in advance between the Company and the customer and is fixed. 

Revenue relating to warranties and related obligations is recognised over the period to which these 
obligations are performed by the Company.

In determining the transaction prices and amounts allocated to performance obligations for these 
systems, management has consideration to price lists of component parts and standard pricing for 
servicing and guarantee arrangements.

Performance obligations

Remaining performance obligations as at 31 August 2021

The performance obligations in relation to the contracts with its customers are as follows:

Laboratory test and simulation

The long-term construction contracts are in relation to the laboratory testing and simulation systems 
which are highly customised items which typically take more than twelve months to construct and 
supply these systems to the customers. In the judgement of management, the Group satisfies the 
performance obligations under these contracts over time. The key determination of this judgement 
was that the Company’s performance does not create an asset with alternative use to the Company 
and that the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. 
Payment for these construction contracts is in accordance with an agreed schedule with typical 
contracts including certain technical and physical completion milestones as payment points for 
customers. The majority of contracts are expected to result in contract liability balances. These 
balances arise as these contracts typically provide for an up-front deposit and other payments 
through the course of the contract.

The consideration for these contracts is agreed in advance between the Company and the 
customer and is fixed. 

Revenue relating to warranties and related obligations is recognised over the period to which these 
obligations are performed by the Company.

In determining the transaction prices and amounts allocated to performance obligations for these 
systems, management has consideration to price lists of component parts and standard pricing for 
servicing and guarantee arrangements.

Track test

The contracts in relation to the sale of track testing systems are in relation to the robotic systems 
which typically take less than twelve months to construct and supply to customers. In the judgement 
of management, due to the lower level of customisation required for these items, the relative cost 
and time required to construct the systems, the Group satisfies the performance obligations under 
these contracts on delivery to the customer. In making this determination, management considers 
when the customer has obtained control of this system, and the principal indicator of this is when 
the customer has physical possession. Payment for these construction contracts is in accordance 

Unsatisfied performance obligations

Laboratory testing and simulation

Track testing 

Partially unsatisfied performance obligations

Laboratory testing and simulation

Track testing 

2021
£’000

10,522

10,778

1,585

1,968

2020
£’000

2,796

5,768

975

1,908

The revenue recognised in the period in relation to the opening balances for laboratory testing and 
simulation systems amount to £2,429,000 and for track testing systems amounted to £5,657,000.

The revenue on outstanding performance obligations at 31 August 2021 on the track testing systems 
will be recognised on delivery of these items, alongside the associated cost of sales, in the following 
financial year.

The revenue on outstanding performance obligations at 31 August 2021 on laboratory testing 
and simulation systems will be recognised over time, alongside the associated cost of sales, in the 
following financial year. The typical length of time for these construction projects is 18–24 months.

All contract revenue was recognised using the percentage completion method, based on the 
proportion of costs incurred to date relative to the estimated total contract costs. 

Assets recognised from costs to obtain or fulfil customer contracts

No amounts have been recognised in relation to these categories of assets as at 31 August 2021.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

119

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2021 
 
Company statement of financial position
As at 31 August 2021

Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 August 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Investments

Current assets

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Total equity

2021
£’000

2020
(Restated) *
£’000

Note

3

4

5

61,295

61,295

17,874

9,451

27,325

42,803

42,803

20,510

10,304

30,814

At 1 September 2019

Share based payments

Total comprehensive  
income (restated)*

Dividends

Issue of shares, net of share 
issue costs

At 31 August 2020

Share based payments

Total comprehensive income

Dividends

1,833

1,833

1,311

1,311

Issue of shares, net of share 
issue costs

25,492

29,503

At 31 August 2021

Note

Share 
capital
£’000

222

Share 
premium
£’000

60,049

7

7

—

—

—

4

—

—

—

1,687

226

61,736

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Retained 
profits
£’000

3,708

1,282

5,980

(626)

—

10,344

1,240

14,123

Total 
equity
£’000

63,979

1,282

5,980

(626)

1,691

72,306

1,240

14,123

(1,356)

(1,356)

474

—

474

226

62,210

24,351

86,787

The share premium account is a non-distributable reserve representing the difference between the 
nominal value of shares in issue and the amounts subscribed for those shares.

Retained profits represent the cumulative value of the profits not distributed to shareholders but 
retained to finance the future capital requirements of the Group.

—

—

86,787

72,306

226

62,210

24,351

86,787

226

61,736

10,344

72,306

*  Restated following adoption of IFRIC update on cloud computing arrangements.

The profit for the financial year dealt with in the financial statements of the Parent Company was 
£14,123,000 (2020: £5,980,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
24 November 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

Dr James Routh 
Director   

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Director

Company registration number: 08393914 

120

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements
For the year ended 31 August 2021

General information
AB Dynamics plc (the ‘Company’) is the UK holding company of a group of companies which are 
engaged in the provision of advanced testing systems to the global motor industry. The Company is 
registered in England and Wales (registered number 08393914). Its registered office and principal 
place of business is Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB.

Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention and 
in accordance with FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard’ applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland and the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements present information about the 
Company as an individual entity and the principal accounting policies are described below. 
They have all been applied consistently throughout the period.

Reduced disclosure exemptions
The Company, as a qualifying entity, has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions in FRS 102 
paragraph 1.12 as follows:

No cash flow statement has been presented as the Company is included within the consolidated 
financial statements of the Group.

Disclosures in respect of the Company’s financial instruments have not been presented as 
equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

The Company has also taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions in FRS 102 paragraph 33.1A 
as follows: 

•  Related party transactions have not been disclosed with other wholly owned members of 

the Group 

Going concern
At 31 August 2021 the Company had net current assets of £25,492,000 (2020: £29,503,000) with 
the main current asset being amounts owed from its subsidiary Anthony Best Dynamics Limited, 
amounting to £16,917,000 (2020: £20,477,000). The Company has assessed its ongoing costs with 
cash generated by its subsidiary to ensure that it can continue to settle its debts as they fall due.

The Directors have, after careful consideration of the factors set out above, concluded that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements and the 
financial statements do not include any adjustments that would result if the going concern basis 
was not appropriate.

Investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less provision for impairment.

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Tax
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be 
paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed 
at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax 
in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Timing 
differences are differences between the Company’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the 
financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains and losses in tax assessments in periods 
different from those in which they are recognised in the financial statements. A net deferred tax 
asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available 
evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from 
which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the statements of financial position when the 
Company has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

The Company only enters into basic financial instruments transactions that result in the recognition 
of financial assets and liabilities like trade and other debtors and creditors and loans to related parties.

Debtors
Short-term debtors are measured at transaction price, less any impairment. Loans and receivables 
are measured initially at fair value and are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less any impairment.

Creditors
Short-term trade creditors are measured at the transaction price. Other financial liabilities, including 
bank loans, are measured initially at fair value and are measured subsequently at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, the Directors are required to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
that are not apparent from other sources. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision 
affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both 
current and future periods.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

121

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. Investments

Subsidiary undertaking

Brought forward

Capital contribution arising on share based payment

Investment in AB Dynamics Inc

Investment in rFpro Ltd (Kangaloosh Ltd)

Investment in AB Dynamics Overseas Holdings Ltd

Carried forward

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

42,803

1,240

—

—

17,252

61,295

41,937

1,282

2,823

(3,239)

—

42,803

AB Dynamics Overseas Holdings Ltd was incorporated during the year as an intermediate holding 
company in relation to the acquisition of Vadotech Group.

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2021

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
continued
The following are the key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation 
uncertainty at the statement of financial position date that have a significant risk of causing a 
significant adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements:

Share based payment
The fair value of share based remuneration is determined at the date of grant and recognised 
as a capital contribution to its subsidiary on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, taking 
account of the estimated number of shares that will vest. The fair value is determined by use of 
option pricing models.

1. Profit for the financial year
The Company has taken advantage of Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and, consequently, 
a profit and loss account for the Company alone has not been presented.

The Company’s profit for the financial year was £14,123,000 (2020: £5,980,000).

The Company’s profit for the financial year has been arrived at after charging auditor’s remuneration 
payable to Crowe U.K. LLP for audit services to the Company of £25,000 (2020: £25,000). Statutory 
information on remuneration for other services provided by the Company’s auditor and its associates 
is given on a consolidated basis in note 5 of the consolidated financial statements. 

2. Employees and Directors’ remuneration
Staff costs during the year by the Company were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

2021
£’000

1,580

220

1,800

2020
£’000

1,580

296

1,876

The executive management team is remunerated by the operating subsidiary Anthony Best 
Dynamics Limited. Details of its remuneration is in the Remuneration Committee report.

The average number of employees of the Company during the year was:

Directors and management

2021
Number

5

2020
Number

5

122

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2021

3. Investments continued
The Company owns more than 20% of the following undertakings:

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Subsidiary undertaking

Anthony Best Dynamics Limited

AB Dynamics GK

AB Dynamics Inc

rFpro Ltd

AB Dynamics UK Holdings Ltd

AB Dynamics Overseas Holdings Ltd

*AB Dynamics Singapore Holdings Pte Ltd

*Vadotech Pte Ltd

*Vadotech Japan KK

*Vadotech Deutschland

*Vadotech Services SL

*Vadotech US Inc

*Zynit Pte Ltd

*Zynit China Co Ltd

*rFpro Inc

*AB Dynamics Europe GmbH

*Dynamic Research Inc

*DRI Advanced Test Systems Inc

*DRIATSERO SRL

*AB Dynamics 2013 Ltd

*  Denotes indirect shareholding.

Class of 
share held 

% 
shareholding

Registered office

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100

100 Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

100 2-2-3 Shinyokohama, Dai-Ichi Takeo bldg. 6F 606 Kohoku-ku, Yokohama 222-0033, Japan

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

25

100

48325 Alpha Drive, Suite 120, Wixom, MI 48393, USA

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

77 Robinson Road, #13-00 Robinson 77, Singapore, 068896

77 Robinson Road, #13-00 Robinson 77, Singapore, 068896

Nichitochi Nishishinjyuku Building 8F, 6-10-1, Nishishinjyuku, Shinjyuku-ku, Tokyo

Bismarckstraße 7, 10625 Berlin, Germany

Calle Madrid, n. 70, Edificio Irene II, local 1, Monachil, Granada, Spain

The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington,  
County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

77 Robinson Road, #13-00 Robinson 77, Singapore, 068896

No. 13, Jinma Yuan 2 Street, Gaoliying Town, Shunyi District, Beijing, China

48325 Alpha Drive, Suite 120, Wixom, MI

Vogelsang 11, 35398 Gießen, Germany

355 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 200, Torrance, CA 90501, USA

355 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 200, Torrance, CA 90501, USA

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

36 Libertatii St, Buhusi, Romania

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

123

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. Other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments

5. Trade and other payables

Other payables and accruals

124

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

6. Share capital
The allotted, called up and fully paid share capital is made up of 22,622,344 ordinary shares 
of £0.01 each.

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

17,630

20,477

244

33

17,874

20,510

At 1 September 2019

27 September 2019

11 December 2019

2021
£’000

1,833

1,833

2020
£’000

1,311

1,311

3 March 2020

3 March 2020

4 May 2020

2 June 2020

19 August 2020

At 31 August 2020

8 October 2020

4 December 2020

15 March 2021

17 March 2021

At 31 August 2021

Note

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

Number of 
shares
‘000

22,220

200

32

58

6

33

16

11

Share 
capital
£’000

222

Share 
premium
£’000

60,049

Total
£’000

60,271

2

—

1

—

—

—

1

770

142

229

27

410

64

45

772

142

230

27

410

64

46

22,576

226

61,736

61,962

8

1

33

4

—

—

—

—

29

18

412

15

29

18

412

15

22,622

226

62,210

62,436

(i)   On 27 September 2019, a total of 199,526 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(ii)   On 11 December 2019, a total of 31,970 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(iii)   On 3 March 2020, a total of 58,086 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(iv)   On 3 March 2020, a total of 6,173 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £4.45.

(v)   On 4 May 2020, a total of 33,333 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £12.30.

(vi)   On 2 June 2020, a total of 16,162 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(vii)  On 19 August 2020, a total of 11,321 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(viii)  On 8 October 2020, a total of 7,631 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

(ix)    On 4 December 2020, a total of 692 shares were issued to James Routh of £0.01 in satisfaction 
of 20% of his respective annual bonus payments for the year ended 31 August 2020, and on 
4 December 2020, a total of 349 shares were issued to Sarah Matthews-DeMers of £0.01 in 
satisfaction of 20% of her respective annual bonus payments for the year ended 31 August 2020.

(x)   On 15 March 2021, a total of 33,333 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £12.30.

(xi)   On 17 March 2021, a total of 3,786 share options were exercised of £0.01 each for £3.95.

 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Dividends paid

Final 2019 dividend paid of £0.028 per share

Final 2020 dividend paid of £0.044 per share

Interim dividend paid of £0.016 per share

2021
£’000

—

994

362

1,356

2020
£’000

626

—

—

626

9. Share based payments
The share based compensation schemes were established to reward and incentivise the executive 
management team and staff for delivering share price growth. The schemes are administered by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The schemes adopted by the Company are equity settled and a charge of £1,240,000 (2020: 
£1,282,000) has been charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income relating to 
these options.

Summary of movements in share options

The Board has proposed a final dividend of 3.24p per share totalling £733,000. An interim dividend 
was paid of 1.6p per share totalling £362,000.

8. Related party disclosures
The only key management personnel of the Company are the Directors. Details of their remuneration 
are contained in the Remuneration Committee report.

Outstanding at 1 September 2020

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Outstanding at 31 August 2021

Exercisable at 31 August 2021

Outstanding at 1 September 2019

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Outstanding at 31 August 2020

Exercisable at 31 August 2020

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

946

1,017

1,047

691

1,340

570

2,184

475

946

395

Number of 
shares

442,126

69,971

(45,791)

466,306

88,358

476,746

321,951

(356,571)

442,126

116,587

The weighted average share price on the date of exercise was 2,046p (2020: 2,084p). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at the statement of financial position 
date is 8.8 years (2020: 9.7 years).

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year was £14.51 (2020: £7.80).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

125

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2021

9. Share based payments

The fair values of the share option awards granted in 2019 were calculated using the Black Scholes 
option pricing model. The long-term incentive plan awards made in 2020 had targets based on 
earnings per share total growth and shareholder return and were valued using a Monte Carlo 
simulation. The inputs into the model for awards granted were as follows:

Date awarded

2 December 
2020

17 January 
2020

3 December
2019

1 October 
2019

Stock price

Exercise price

Interest rate

Volatility

Vesting period

1,768p

2,230p

Nil

0.02%

53%

3 years

Nil

0.39%

40%

2,140p

2,140p

0.28%

49%

2,140p

2,200p

0.38%

42%

3 years

1–2 years

1–3 years

The expected volatility was determined with reference to the published share price.

For the options granted in 2019 one third of the options will vest on each of the first, second and 
third anniversary of the grant date subject to the employees remaining employed by the Company.

The long-term incentive plan awards vest on the third anniversary of the award date.

126

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2021

AB Dynamics plc’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, which has been 
printed on Arcoprint, an FSC® certified material. This document was printed by Pureprint Group using its 
environmental print technology, with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill, minimising the impact of 
printing on the environment. The printer is a CarbonNeutral® company.

Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

Middleton Drive 
Bradford-on-Avon 
Wiltshire BA15 1GB

T: +44 (0)1225 860 200  
F: +44 (0)1225 860 201  
E: investors@abdplc.com  
www.abdplc.com

A

B

D

y

n

a

m

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A
B
D
y
n
a
m
i
c
s
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
1